Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • BSZ  (912)
  • HU Berlin  (23)
  • MFK München  (1)
  • Dordrecht : Springer
Datasource
Material
Language
  • 101
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401780056
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 592 p. 29 illus., 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Higher Education: Handbook of Theory and Research 29
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Higher Education ; 29
    RVK:
    Keywords: Curriculum planning ; Education, Higher ; Education ; USA ; Hochschulbildung
    Abstract: Published annually since 1985, the Handbook series provides a compendium of thorough and integrative literature reviews on a diverse array of topics of interest to the higher education scholarly and policy communities. Each chapter provides a comprehensive review of research findings on a selected topic, critiques the research literature in terms of its conceptual and methodological rigor and sets forth an agenda for future research intended to advance knowledge on the chosen topic. The Handbook focuses on a comprehensive set of central areas of study in higher education that encompasses the salient dimensions of scholarly and policy inquiries undertaken in the international higher education community. Each annual volume contains chapters on such diverse topics as research on college students and faculty, organization and administration, curriculum and instruction, policy, diversity issues, economics and finance, history and philosophy, community colleges, advances in research methodology and more. The series is fortunate to have attracted annual contributions from distinguished scholars throughout the world
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 102
    ISBN: 9789048194735
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 988 p. 79 illus., 18 illus. in color. eReference, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Eemeren, Frans H. van, 1946 - Handbook of argumentation theory
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Logic ; Law ; Social sciences ; Linguistics. ; Argumentationstheorie
    Abstract: The Handbook Argumentation Theory provides an up to date survey of the various theoretical contributions to the development of argumentation theory for all scholars interested in argumentation, informal logic and rhetoric. It describes the historical roots of modern argumentation theory that are still an important theoretical background to contemporary approaches. Because of the complexity, diversity and rate of developments in argumentation theory, there is a real need for an overview of the state of the art, the main approaches that can be distinguished and the distinctive features of these approaches. The Handbook covers classical and modern backgrounds to the study of argumentation, the New Rhetoric developed by Perelman and Olbrechts-Tyteca, the Toulmin model, formal approaches, informal logic, communication and rhetoric, pragmatic approaches, linguistic approaches and pragma-dialectics. The Handbook is co-authored by Frans H. van Eemeren, Bart Garssen, Erik C.W. Krabbe, A. Francisca Snoeck Henkemans, Bart Verheij and Jean Wagemans, who are a coherent and prominent writing team whose expertise covers the whole field. The authors are assisted by an international Editorial Board consisting of outstanding argumentation scholars whose fields of interest are represented in the volume
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 103
    ISBN: 9789400776517
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 295 p. 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Educational tests and measurements ; Education
    Abstract: This book offers valuable guidance for science teacher educators looking for ways to facilitate preservice and inservice teachers’ pedagogy relative to teaching students from underrepresented and underserved populations in the science classroom. It also provides solutions that will better equip science teachers of underrepresented student populations with effective strategies that challenge the status quo, and foster classrooms environment that promotes equity and social justice for all of their science students. Multicultural Science Education illuminates historically persistent, yet unresolved issues in science teacher education from the perspectives of a remarkable group of science teacher educators and presents research that has been done to address these issues. It centers on research findings on underserved and underrepresented groups of students and presents frameworks, perspectives, and paradigms that have implications for transforming science teacher education. In addition, the chapters provide an analysis of the socio-cultural-political consequences in the ways in which science teacher education is theoretically conceptualized and operationalized in the United States. The book provides teacher educators with a framework for teaching through a lens of equity and social justice, one that may very well help teachers enhance the participation of students from traditionally underrepresented and underserved groups in science, technology, engineering, and mathematics (STEM) areas and help them realize their full potential in science. Moreover, science educators will find this book useful for professional development workshops and seminars for both novice and veteran science teachers.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 104
    ISBN: 9789401789592
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXV, 261 p. 38 illus., 2 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Series Statement: Springer eBook Collection
    Series Statement: Humanities, Social Sciences and Law
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Ecology ; Environmental geology. ; Geoecology. ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Human Geography ; Physical geography.
    Abstract: In this edited volume leading scholars from different disciplinary backgrounds wrestle with social science integration opportunities and challenges. This book explores the growing concern of how best to achieve effective integration of the social science disciplines as a means for furthering natural resource social science and environmental problem solving. The chapters provide an overview of the history, vision, advances, examples, and methods that could lead to integration. The quest for integration among the social sciences is not new. Some argue that the social sciences have lagged in their advancements and contributions to society due to their inability to address integration related issues. Integration merits debate for a number of reasons. First, natural resource issues are complex and are affected by multiple proximate driving social factors. Single disciplinary studies focused at one level are unlikely to provide explanations that represent this complexity and are limited in their ability to inform policy recommendations. Complex problems are best explored across disciplines that examine social-ecological phenomenon from different scales. Second, multi-disciplinary initiatives such as those with physical and biological scientists are necessary to understand the scope of the social sciences. Too frequently there is a belief that one social scientist on a multi-disciplinary team provides adequate social science representation. Third, more complete models of human behavior will be achieved through a synthesis of diverse social science perspectives
    URL: Volltext  (kostenfrei)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 105
    ISBN: 9789400769342
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 372 p. 7 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Studies in the Philosophy of Sociality 2
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Institutions, emotions, and group agents
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Consciousness ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Sozialphilosophie ; Ontologie ; Gruppe ; Institution ; Sozialphilosophie ; Gruppe ; Institution
    Abstract: The contributions gathered in this volume present the state of the art in key areas of current social ontology. They focus on the role of collective intentional states in creating social facts, and on the nature of intentional properties of groups that allow characterizing them as responsible agents, or perhaps even as persons. Many of the essays are inspired by contemporary action theory, emotion theory, and theories of collective intentionality. Another group of essays revisits early phenomenological approaches to social ontology and accounts of sociality that draw on the Hegelian idea of recognition. This volume is organized into three parts. First, the volume discusses themes highlighted in John Searle’s work and addresses questions concerning the relation between intentions and the deontic powers of institutions, the role of disagreement, and the nature of collective intentionality. Next, the book focuses on joint and collective emotions and mutual recognition, and then goes on to explore the scope and limits of group agency, or group personhood, especially the capacity for responsible agency. The variety of philosophical traditions mirrored in this collection provides readers with a rich and multifaceted survey of present research in social ontology. It will help readers deepen their understanding of three interrelated and core topics in social ontology: the constitution and structure of institutions, the role of shared evaluative attitudes, and the nature and role of group agents
    Description / Table of Contents: AcknowledgementsChapter 1. Introduction: Contributions to Social Ontology-Institutions, Emotions, and Group Agents; Anita Konzelmann Ziv and Hans Bernhard Schmid -- Part I: Intentionality and Institutions -- Chapter 2. Document Acts; Barry Smith -- Chapter 3. Searlean Reflections on Sacred Mountains; Filip Buekens -- Chapter 4. Social Objects without Intentions; Brian Epstein -- Chapter 5. The Logical Form of Totalitarianism; Jennifer Hudin -- Chapter 6. Groups, Normativity and Disagreement; Rodrigo E. Sànchaz Brigido -- Chapter 7. Joint Actions, Social Institutions and Collective Goods: A Teleological Account; Seumas Miller -- Chapter 8. Three Types of Heterotropic Intentionality: A Taxonomy in Social Ontology; Francesca De Vecchi -- Part II: Shared Emotions and Recognition -- Chapter 9. Emergence and Empathy; Ronald De Sousa -- Chapter 10. The Functions of Collective Emotions in Social Groups; Mikko Salmela -- Chapter 11. Feelings of Being-Together and Caring With; H. Andrés Sànchez Guerrero -- Chapter 12. Joining the Background: Habitual Sentiments behind We-Intentionality; Emanuele Caminada -- Chapter 13. Collective Intentionality and Recognition from Others; Arto Laitinen -- Chapter 14. The Conditions of Collectivity: Joint Commitment and the Shared Norms of Membership; Titus Stahl -- Part III: Collective Reasons and Group Agency -- Chapter 15. Acting Over Time, Acting Together; Michael E. Bratman -- Chapter 16. How Where We Stand Constrains Where I Stand: Applying Bratman’s Account of Self-Governance to Collective Action; Joseph Kisolo-Ssonko -- Chapter 17. Team Reasoning and Shared Intention; Abraham Sesshu Roth -- Chapter 18. Collective Intentionality and Practical Reason; Juliette Gloor -- Chapter 19. The SANE Approach to Real Collective Responsibility; Sara Chant -- Chapter 20. Are Individualist Accounts of Collective Responsibility Morally Deficient?; András Szigeti -- Chapter 21. Can Groups Be Autonomous Rational Agents? A Challenge to the List-Pettit-Theory; Vuko Andric -- Chapter 22. Direct and Indirect Common Belief; Emiliano Lorini and Andreas Herzig.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 106
    ISBN: 9789400770430
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 248 p. 14 illus., 12 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: Innovation and Change in Professional Education 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Teaching and learning the European Union
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Europäische Union ; Hochschulbildung ; Bildung
    Abstract: This volume examines the EU’s changing educational context and its challenges. Based on an extensive survey of more than 2000 European Studies courses in 30 European countries, it maps and analyses the features of teaching methodologies as they emerge from both disciplinary as well as interdisciplinary curricula. It presents a series of case studies on some of the most-used innovative teaching tools emerging in the field such as simulation games, e-learning, problem based learning, blended learning, and learning through the use of social networks. Based on the contributors’ own experiences and academic research, the book examines both strengths and possible pitfalls of these increasingly popular methods. The book’s critical approach will inspire educators and scholars committed to improving the teaching methods and tools in the area of European Studies and other programmes of higher education facing similar challenges
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction - Teaching European Studies: Educational ChallengesPART I - EUROPEAN STUDIES: CONTEXTS AND CHALLENGES -- 2. Shaping the New Professional for the New Professions; W.H. Gijselaers, A. Dailey-Hebert and A.C. Niculescu -- 3. Working at the EU Institutions: New Human Resources Selection Strategy; N.D. Bearfield -- 4. Educating for EU Citizenship and Civic Engagement through Active Learning; G. J. van Dyke -- 5. Multilingual Universities: Policies and Practices; R. Franceschini and D. Veronesi -- 6. Thinking Europe: A Canadian Academic Immersion inside the European Institutions - EU Study Tour and Internship Program; E. Lavalle and A. Berlin -- PART II - MAPPING INNOVATIONS IN TEACHING AND LEARNING -- 7. Mapping Innovative Teaching Methods and Tools in European Studies: Results from a Comprehensive Study; S. Baroncelli, F. Fonti and G. Stevancevic -- 8. Innovativeness in Teaching European Studies: an Empirical Investigation; F. Fonti and G. Stevancevic -- 9. Linguistic Pluralism in European Studies; S. Baroncelli -- PART III - INNOVATIVE TEACHING AND EARNING IN EUROPEAN STUDIES -- 10. Assessing EU Simulations: Evidence from the Transatlantic EuroSim; R. Jones and P. Bursens -- 11. Distance Learning as an Alternative Method of Teaching European Studies; N. Timus -- 12. Problem Based Learning in European Studies; H. Maurer and C. Neuhold -- 13. Finding the Right Mix? Teaching European Studies through Blended Learning; A. Mihai -- 14. The Network is the Message: Social Networks as Teaching Tools; R. Farneti, I. Bianchi, T. Mayrgündter and J. Niederhauser -- Biographies -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 107
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783319065267
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 338 p. 65 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Models and Modeling in Science Education 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Science teachers' use of visual representations
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Education ; Science Study and teaching ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Hochschule ; Lehre ; Visualisierung
    Abstract: This book examines the diverse use of visual representations by teachers in the science classroom. It contains unique pedagogies related to the use of visualization, presents original curriculum materials as well as explores future possibilities. The book begins by looking at the significance of visual representations in the teaching of science. It then goes on to detail two recent innovations in the field: simulations and slowmation, a process of explicit visualization. It also evaluates the way teachers have used different diagrams to illustrate concepts in biology and chemistry. Next, the book explores the use of visual representations in culturally diverse classrooms, including the implication of culture for teachers’ use of representations, the crucial importance of language in the design and use of visualizations, and visualizations in popular books about chemistry. It also shows the place of visualizations in the growing use of informal, self-directed science education. Overall, the book concludes that if the potential of visualizations in science education is to be realized in the future, the subject must be included in both pre-service and in-service teacher education. It explores ways to develop science teachers’ representational competence and details the impact that this will have on their teaching. The worldwide trend towards providing science education for all, coupled with the increased availability of color printing, access to personal computers and projection facilities, has lead to a more extensive and diverse use of visual representations in the classroom. This book offers unique insights into the relationship between visual representations and science education, making it an ideal resource for educators as well as researchers in science education, visualization and pedagogy
    Description / Table of Contents: Section A: Research into teaching with visual representationsIntroduction -- Chapter 1 : The significance of visual representations in the teaching of science, B. Eilam, J.K. Gilbert -- Chapter 2 : Teaching and researching visual representations: Shared vision or divided world? S. Ainsworth & L. Newton -- Section B: Teachers’ selections, constructions and use of visual representations -- Introduction -- Chapter 3 : Representing visually: What teachers know and what they prefer, B. Eilam, Y. Poyas, R. Hasimshoni -- Chapter 4 : Slowmation: A process of explicit visualisation, J. Loughran -- Chapter 5 : Secondary biology teachers’ use of different types of diagrams for different purposes, Y. Liu, M. Won, D.F. Treagust -- Chapter 6 : Teaching stoichiometry with particulate diagrams - linking macro phenomena and chemical equations, M.W. Cheng, J.K. Gilbert -- Section C: Teachers’ use of visual representations in culturally-diverse classrooms -- Introduction -- Chapter 7 : Thoughts on visualizations in diverse cultural settings: The case of France and Pakistan, E. De Vries, M. Ashraf -- Chapter 8 : The implication of culture for teachers’ use of representations, B. Waldrip, S. Satupo, F. Rodie -- Chapter 9 : The interplay between language and visualization: The role of the teacher, L. Mammino -- Chapter 10: Visualizations in popular books about chemistry, J.K. Gilbert, A. Afonso -- Section D: Teachers’ supporting student learning from visual representations -- Introduction -- Chapter 11 : Teachers using interactive simulations to scaffold inquiry instruction in physical science education, D. Geelan, X.Fan -- Chapter 12: Transformed instruction: Teaching in a student-generated representations learning environment, O. Parnafes, R. Trachtenberg-Maslaton -- Chapter 13: The laboratory for making things: Developing multiple representations of knowledge, J. Bamberger -- Section E: Overview -- Chapter 14: Developing science teachers’ representational competence and its impact on their teaching, J.K.Gilbert, B. Eilam.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 108
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789048193226
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XLI, 1042 p. 125 illus., 65 illus. in color, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Law ; Law
    Abstract: The proposed volumes are aimed at a multidisciplinary audience and seek to fill the gap between law, semiotics and visuality providing a comprehensive theoretical and analytical overview of legal visual semiotics. They seek to promote an interdisciplinary debate from law, semiotics and visuality bringing together the cumulative research traditions of these related areas as a prelude to identifying fertile avenues for research going forward. Advance Praise for Law, Culture and Visual Studies This diverse and exhilarating collection of essays explores the many facets both historical and contemporary of visual culture in the law. It opens a window onto the substantive, jurisdictional, disciplinary and methodological diversity of current research. It is a cornucopia of materials that will enliven legal studies for those new to the field as well as for established scholars. It is a ‘must read’ that will leave you wondering about the validity of the long held obsession that reduces the law and legal studies to little more than a preoccupation with the word. Leslie J Moran Professor of Law, Birkbeck College, University of London Law, Culture & Visual Studies is a treasure trove of insights on the entwined roles of legality and visuality. From multiple interdisciplinary perspectives by scholars from around the world, these pieces reflect the fullness and complexities of our visual encounters with law and culture. From pictures to places to postage stamps, from forensics to film to folklore, this anthology is an exciting journey through the fertile field of law and visual culture as well as a testament that the field has come of age. Naomi Mezey, Professor of Law, Georgetown University Law Center, Washington, D.C., USA This highly interdisciplinary reference work brings together diverse fields including cultural studies, communication theory, rhetoric, law and film studies, legal and social history, visual and legal theory, in order to document the various historical, cultural, representational and theoretical links that bind together law and the visual. This book offers a breath-taking range of resources from both well-established and newer scholars who together cover the field of law’s representation in, interrogation of, and dialogue with forms of visual rhetoric, practice, and discourse. Taken together this scholarship presents state of the art research into an important and developing dimension of contemporary legal and cultural inquiry. Above all, Law C ...
    Description / Table of Contents: Biographical notes on the editors.- Biographical notes on contributors.- Introduction: Law, Culture and Visual Studies; Richard K. Sherwin.- Part I. Introducing Visual Legal StudiesPart II. Visualizing Legal Scholarship -- Part III. Law And Iconic Art -- Part IV. Visualizing Law In Indigenous Or Folk Loric Culture -- Part V. Visualizing Law’s Topography -- Part VI. Visual Technologies Of Law -- Part VII. Law And Popular Visual Media: “Case Studies” -- Part VIII. Law And Popular Visual Media: In Theory -- Index.
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 109
    ISBN: 9789401790222 , 9789402406436
    Language: English
    Pages: XIV, 174 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Global migration issues volume 3
    Series Statement: Social sciences
    Series Statement: Global migration issues
    RVK:
    Keywords: Internationale Migration ; Mobilität ; Entwicklungsländer ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index , Enthält 6 Beiträge
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 110
    ISBN: 9789400769847
    Language: English
    Pages: vii, 253 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: Global migration issues volume 2
    Series Statement: Global migration issues
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mobilität ; Internationale Migration ; Klimawandel ; Migrationsentscheidung ; Migrationsforschung ; Welt ; Migration ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Sammelwerk ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Note: Enthält 10 Beiträge , Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 111
    ISBN: 9789400727977 , 9789401777384
    Language: English
    Pages: XIII, 175 S. , Ill., graph. Darst., Kt , 24 cm
    Series Statement: Advances in Asian human-environmental research
    Parallel Title: Online-Ausg. Nüsser, Marcus, 1964 - Large Dams in Asia
    DDC: 627.8095
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Environmental sciences ; Geology ; Physical geography ; Environmental management ; Human geography ; Dams ; Asia ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Talsperre
    Note: Literaturangaben
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 112
    ISBN: 9789400767447
    Language: English
    Pages: vi, 254 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Series Statement: International perspectives on migration 5
    DDC: 325.4
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Europäische Union ; Internationale Migration ; Migrationspolitik ; Einwanderungspolitik ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Konferenzschrift ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Konferenzschrift ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Note: Literaturangaben
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 113
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400770522
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 213 p. 33 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Elsenbroich, Corinna Modelling norms
    DDC: 306
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Computer simulation ; Social sciences Data processing ; Criminology ; Social sciences Methodology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Computer simulation ; Social sciences Data processing ; Criminology ; Social sciences Methodology ; Modellierung ; Methode ; Online-Ressource ; Soziale Norm ; Kriminalitätstheorie ; Modellierung
    Abstract: The book focusses on questions of individual and collective action, the emergence and dynamics of social norms and the feedback between individual behaviour and social phenomena. It discusses traditional modelling approaches to social norms and shows the usefulness of agent-based modelling for the study of these micro-macro interactions. Existing agent-based models of social norms are discussed and it is shown that so far too much priority has been given to parsimonious models and questions of the emergence of norms, with many aspects of social norms, such as norm-change, not being modelled. Juvenile delinquency, group radicalisation and moral decision making are used as case studies for agent-based models of collective action extending existing models by providing an embedding into social networks, social influence via argumentation and a causal action theory of moral decision making. The major contribution of the book is to highlight the multifaceted nature of the dynamics of social norms, consisting not only of emergence, and the importance of embedding of agent-based models into existing theory.
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionTheorising Norms -- Theorising Crime -- Agent-based Modelling -- The Environment and Social Norms -- Punishment and Social Norms -- Imitation and Social Norms -- Socially Situated Social Norms -- Internalisation and Social Norms -- Modelling Norms -- Delinquent Networks -- Social Construction of Knowledge -- Morality -- We-Intentionality -- Conclusion -- Index.
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 114
    Book
    Book
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9783319030289
    Language: English
    Pages: XI, 359 S. , graph. Darst., Kt. , 24 cm
    Series Statement: European studies of population 18
    Series Statement: European studies of population
    Parallel Title: Onlineausg. Anson, Jon Mortality in an International Perspective
    DDC: 304.64
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mortality ; Mortality ; World health ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Sterblichkeit ; Sterbeziffer ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Note: Based on conference proceedings. - Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 115
    Book
    Book
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789401787581
    Language: English
    Pages: VII, 278 S. , graph. Darst.
    Series Statement: International perspectives on migration 10
    Series Statement: International perspectives on migration
    DDC: 304.85
    RVK:
    Keywords: Migration ; Asien ; China ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Konferenzschrift ; Konferenzschrift 2010 ; Konferenzschrift ; Konferenzschrift 2010 ; Konferenzschrift
    Note: Includes bibliographical references.
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 116
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400772113
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (1 online resource (218 p.))
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: International Perspectives on Migration
    Series Statement: EBL-Schweitzer
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Migration, diaspora and identity
    DDC: 304.8
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Emigration and immigration -- Economic aspects ; Emigration and immigration -- Social aspects ; Globalization ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Migration ; Diaspora ; Identität ; Geschlechterrolle
    Abstract: Acknowledgements; Contents; Introduction; Introduction; Persisting with Difference; Does Diaspora Matter?; Framing the Collection; Multiple Belongings; Representing a Way of Being; Sexualised Identifications; Marriage and Family; The Significance of Gender; Defiantly Different; References; Part I Multiple Belongings; Living on the Move; Beyond the Dichotomous Choice Between Assimilation and Ethnic Closure; Methodology and a Brief Sketch of the Italian Situation; The Development of a Complex Identification; A Supplementary Hypothesis: The Emergence of a New Generational Experience
    Abstract: Diachronic Fluctuations: The Complex Bonds with Memory, Traditions and Family TiesSynchronic Fluctuations: The Complex Bond Between Inclusion and Differentiation; Tactical Ethnicity; References; Muslim Women in Western Preschooling; Introduction; 'Auntie ' as a Term; Communities and Religious Identity; Muslims in Diaspora and Globalisation; Non-Muslim Families; Conclusion; References; 'When I Land in Islamabad I Feel Home and When I Land in Heathrow I Feel Home'; Introduction; Diaspora, Gender and Belonging: 'The Homing of Diaspora,' 'The Diasporising of Home'
    Abstract: Class, Gender and 'Diaspora Space': South Asian Settlers in the City of London, in the Midlands and in the North of EnglandBeing a Londoner' or 'from Yorkshire': 'Heathrow' or What Does It Mean to Live Here and There?; Conclusion; References; Part II Representing a Way of Being; Refugee Women, Education, and Self Authorship; Introduction; Refugee Women, Policy Norms, and Representations; Integrationist Norms and the Microphysics of Power in Settlement Education; Speaking with Refugee Women: Engineering a Reverse Discourse; Capabilities for Freedom; Feedback; An Informed Perspective
    Abstract: Independent Decision Making and Exercising ChoiceEngaging in Debate and Expressing an Informed Position; Developing Skills in Order to Better Understand the Dominant Australian Culture; Cultivating an Open Mind; Developing Critical Enquiry: The Capacity to Question; Discussion; Implications of the Interview Sample to Recommendations; Conclusions; References; Invoking an Ivory Tower; Introduction; Critical Race Theory and Counter Story; Background and Context to Letter; Editorial Correspondence; 'Talking in Circles'; Inverting Relations of Dominance; Selective Readings
    Abstract: Conclusion: Deconstructing an Ivory Tower and the Possibilities for Anti-racismReferences; 'Trouble in the Mall Again' Naming as Social Drama in Multicultural Melbourne; Introduction; Difference and the City; Methodology; The Character of Oakleigh; The Trouble; 'Trouble in the Mall': In Phases; The Breach; Mounting Crises; Redressive Action; Re-integration or Schism?; Analysing the Trouble; Liminal Spaces and the City; Conclusion; References; Beyond Fear and Towards Hope Transnationalism and the Recognition of Rights Across Borders; Introduction: Crossing Borders; Politics of Fear
    Abstract: Transnationalism and Diaspora
    Abstract: Framed in relation to diaspora this collection engages with the subject of how cultural difference is lived and how complex and shifting identities shape and respond to spatial politics of belonging. Diaspora is understood in a variety of ways, which makes this an eclectic collection of papers. Authors use various theoretical frameworks to explore diverse groups of people with a variety of experiences in a wide range of settings. They are making sense of the experiences of women and men from a range of ethnic backgrounds, negotiating identities through family, work and education. The micro dyn
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 117
    ISBN: 9789400762084
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Disentangling migration and climate change
    DDC: 304.81
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Klimawandel ; Soziale Folgen ; Internationale Migration ; Menschenrechte ; Umweltschutz ; Welt ; Climatic changes ; Social aspects.. ; Emigration and immigration ; Social aspects.. ; Emigration and immigration ; Environmental aspects ; Electronic books ; Population geography ; Climatic changes ; Environmental aspects ; Human ecology ; Konferenzschrift ; Klimaänderung ; Internationale Migration ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: This book examines the inter-relationship between climate change and migration. It focuses on planned relocation as a policy response to environmentally induced forced migration and analyzes human rights to protect people threatened by environmental change.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 118
    ISBN: 9789400748576 , 9781283698078
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: Explorations of educational purpose 25
    Series Statement: Explorations of educational purpose
    DDC: 306.43
    Keywords: Educational sociology ; Educational anthropology
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 119
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400762503
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 296 p. 58 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Yearbook of corpus linguistics and pragmatics ... 1
    Series Statement: Yearbook of corpus linguistics and pragmatics ...
    RVK:
    Keywords: Information systems ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Linguistics ; Linguistics ; Information systems ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Applied linguistics ; Information systems ; Language and languages ; Linguistics ; Korpus ; Pragmatik
    Abstract: The Yearbook of Corpus Linguistics and Pragmatics 2013 discusses current methodological debates on the synergy of Corpus Linguistics and Pragmatics research. The volume presents insightful Pragmatic analyses of corpora in new technological domains and devotes some chapters to the pragmatic description of spoken corpora from various theoretical traditions. The Yearbook of Corpus Linguistics and Pragmatics series will give readers insight into how Pragmatics can be used to explain real corpus data, and, in addition, how corpora can explain Pragmatic intuitions, and from there, develop and refine theory. Corpus Linguistics can offer a meticulous methodology based on mathematics and statistics, while Pragmatics is characterized by its efforts to interpret intended meaning in real language. This yearbook offers a platform to scholars who combine both research methodologies to present rigorous and interdisciplinary findings about language in real use
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; New Domains and Methodologies in Corpus Linguistics and Pragmatics Research, an Introduction; References; Part I: Current Theoretical Issues in Pragmatics and Corpus Linguistics Research; Advancing the Research Agenda of Interlanguage Pragmatics: The Role of Learner Corpora; 1 Pragmatics in Second Language Acquisition Research: A Critical Assessment; 1.1 Interlanguage Pragmatics and Its Scope of Inquiry; 1.2 Modeling L2 Pragmatic Knowledge; 2 Going Beyond Speech Acts: The Role of Learner Corpora; 3 Case Studies; 3.1 Data and Methodology; 3.2 Emphatic Do; 3.3 Demonstrative Clefts
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 ConclusionReferences; Corpus Linguistics and Conversation Analysis at the Interface: Theoretical Perspectives, Practical Outcomes; 1 Introduction; 2 Corpus Linguistics: Epistemology and Ontology; 3 Conversation Analysis: Epistemology and Ontology; 4 A CLCA Methodology; 5 Discussion; 6 Conclusion; References; Small Corpora and Pragmatics; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Small Corpora in Corpus Linguistics; 2 The Use of Small Corpora in Pragmatic Research: A Selective Review; 3 A Case Study: 'We' in Small Corpora; 3.1 Frequency; 3.2 Family Discourse: Inclusive and Exclusive WE
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 Workplace Discourse: The Indexical Ground of WE4 Summary and Conclusions; References; Part II: New Domains for Corpus Linguistics and Pragmatics; Multiword Structures in Different Materials, and with Different Goals and Methodologies; 1 Introduction; 2 Forerunners: Concordances, Collocational Frames and Collocation; 3 Three Methods Exploring MWSs in SLA; 3.1 The Phraseological Method; 3.2 The Lexical Bundle Method; 3.3 The Comprehensive Method; 4 Comparison Between the Phraseological, Lexical Bundles and Comprehensive Methods: Time-Economy and Quality; 4.1 Time-Economy and Quality
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Qualitative Aspects: The Phraseological Method4.3 Qualitative Aspects: The Lexical Bundle Method; 4.4 Qualitative Aspects: The Comprehensive Method; 4.5 Main Points of Comparison Between the Three Methods; 5 An Empirical Study: Two Methods Illustrated on the Basis of the Same Material; 5.1 Material; 5.2 Task; 5.3 The Comprehensive Method: Categories and Inclusion; 5.4 The Lexical Bundle Method: Length of Bundles; 6 Comparison of a Selection of Results from the Empirical Study; 6.1 Numbers of MWS and LB Types in the Four Sub-corpora; 6.2 The Most Frequent MWSs and LBs
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3 Types Captured by Both Methods6.4 Patterns Captured by One Method Only; 7 Conclusions; Appendices; Appendix A. Lexical Bundles - English; Appendix B. MWS - English; Appendix C. NSs and NNSs: Alphabetical Lists of Bundles; Example: A- Headed Bundles in the English Material; NS: Alphabetical List of A- Headed Bundles; NNS: Alphabetical List of A- Headed Bundles; Appendix D. Lexical Bundles - Spanish; Appendix E. MWSs - Spanish; References; Discourse Functions of Recurrent Multi-word Sequences in Online and Spoken Intercultural Communication; 1 Introduction; 2 What Are Multi-word Sequences?
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 Multi-word Sequences and Functional Language Use
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 120
    ISBN: 9789400742734
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIII, 342 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Schooling for Sustainable Development 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Sustainable development ; Education ; Education ; Sustainable development ; Erziehung ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: Education for sustainable development (ESD) presents an intriguing challenge in developed countries. The very notion of sustainable development may appear to be at cross-purposes with the social and political aims of large industrial economies. Yet, arguably, the residents of wealthy countries may be most in need of new ways of thinking and behaving on an increasingly more fragile and crowded planet. This book presents a collection of essays that capture the depth and diversity of education for sustainable development (ESD) work in formal education in Canada and the United States. Many of the authors are pioneers in the field of ESD, not only in their own countries but internationally. In this book, they share their expertise, lessons learned, and insights into the ongoing success of their work. The essays reflect leading edge practice, innovation, and depth of experience and provide clear models and strategies for expanding the application and influence of ESD in wealthy countries. The ESD programs described in the book are relevant and culturally appropriate for the specific locally contexts in which they are found but also in the larger context of ESD writ large as a planetary endeavour.
    Description / Table of Contents: Schooling for Sustainable Development in Canada and the United States; Series Editors' Introduction; Acknowledgements; Contents; Biographies of Contributors; List of Figures; List of Tables; Part I: Schooling for Sustainable Development in Canada and the United States-An Overview; Chapter 1: Education for Sustainable Development in Canada and the United States; Formal Education in the New Millennium; Purpose and Structure of This Book; Schooling and Sustainable Development; Schooling; Sustainable Development; What Is ESD?; United Nations Decade of ESD; Four Thrusts of ESD
    Description / Table of Contents: Improving Access and Retention in Quality Basic EducationReorienting Existing Educational Programs to Address Sustainability; Increasing Public Understanding and Awareness of Sustainability; Providing Training to All Sectors of the Workforce; Four Thrusts and Formal/Non-Formal Education; ESD and Student Engagement; Purpose of Education; Chapters and Interrelationships Between Chapters; The Author's Voice; Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 2: Education for Sustainable Development in Formal Education in Canada; The Canadian Context; Responsibility for Education; Regional Differences
    Description / Table of Contents: Elementary and Secondary EducationLocal Governance; Contemporary Challenges; ESD in Canada: A Historical Perspective; Early Challenges in Implementing Agenda 21 in Canada; Box 2.1 Reflections on the Beginnings of ESD; ESD and Formal Education Before the UNDESD; ESD and Formal Education After the Beginning of the UNDESD; Canadian Commission for UNESCO; Ministries of Education; Revisiting the Scope and Mandate of ESD; Higher Education; K-12 Changes in ESD; Measuring Educational Success and Striving for Equity; An Uncertain Future; Courage to Question; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Education for Sustainability in the K-12 Educational System of the United StatesIntroduction; The Changing System; The National Policy Landscape; The State Policy Landscape; The Role of Nongovernmental Organizations; Changing Practices; Curriculum; Pedagogy; School-Level Projects; Challenges and Questions for the Future; References; Part II: Teacher Education; Chapter 4: Teacher Education and ESD in the United States: The Vision, Challenges, and Implementation; The Context of Teacher Education in the United States; Teacher Education and Public School Reform
    Description / Table of Contents: Impacts of the Economic RecessionChallenge or Opportunity?; Reorienting Teacher Education to Address Sustainable Development; Focus on Improving Outcomes for All Students; Embed ESD in the Process of Learning to Be a Teacher; Use Existing Structures and Processes; Certificate Programs; Sustainability Concentration; State Endorsement and Certification Requirements; Certification; Specialty Area Endorsement; Accreditation of TEIs; Provide Professional Development for Faculty and Administrators; Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 5: Preservice Teaching and Pedagogies of Transformation
    Description / Table of Contents: An Apprenticeship of Observation
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 121
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400750197 , 1283634309 , 9781283634304
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 209 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Educational Leadership 18
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Hochschulorganisation ; Frau
    Abstract: Our colleges and universities are being led in large part by baby boomers who are now in later midlife. Huge numbers of those middle-aged leaders will retire within the next 10 years. While we know that being in later midlife and impending retirement must influence a person in a leadership position at an institution of higher learning, we dont really understand how. This book is based upon an empirical study that linked higher education leadership to one aspect of midlife known as generativity. This psychosocial phenomenon was described by Erik Erikson as a desire that peaks in midlife to leave something for future generations before one dies. Generativity typically manifests itself in the legacy one intends to leave. The author of this book has completed a multiple case study of women who are in later midlife and who hold high-level leadership positions at an institution of higher learning. In this work, she shares more than has ever been known about the nature, antecedents, and support of generativity in the leadership of female higher education leaders in midlife.
    Description / Table of Contents: Lasting Female Educational Leadership; Preface; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Leadership Legacies: Immortal Higher Education Leadership; Need and Background; A Statement of the Research Problem and Questions; Why Study Women in Leadership?; Purpose of the Study; Audience of the Study; Definition of Terms; Midlife; Higher Education Leader; Generativity; Generative Motivation; Generative Realization; Generative Chill; Generative Ethics; Communal Modes of Generativity; Agentic Modes of Generativity; Leadership; Developmental Antecedents of Generativity Motivation
    Description / Table of Contents: Higher Education Leadership LegacyPositive Role Model; Negative Role Model; Mentor; Leadership Coach; Summary; Exercise: In fl uential Legacies; Chapter 2: Why Legacy Matters More in Midlife; Erik Erikson's Theory of Generativity; Practical Questions of My Research Study; Why is Leadership so Dif fi cult to Study?; Which Leadership Framework is Appropriate for My Research Study?; What Selection Criteria Can I Use to Identify Higher Education Leaders?; Why Study Midlife Leaders Who Work Particularly in Higher Education?; How Does Generativity Manifest Itself Particularly in Women?
    Description / Table of Contents: What Else Did My Literature Review Uncover?Summary; Exercise: Childhood and Early Adulthood Antecedents to Generativity Strivings; Chapter 3: The Case Study; Rationale for Choosing the Naturalistic Paradigm; Rationale for Taking a Qualitative Research Approach; Rationale for Conducting a Case Study; Criteria for Study Participation; Methodology Summary; Exercise: A Higher Education Leadership Legacy Survey; Chapter 4: Characteristics that Influence Leadership Legacies; Description of Informants; Pseudonyms; Preparation; Insights; Within-Case Data Presentation; Cordelia; Desdemona; Juliet
    Description / Table of Contents: OpheliaPortia; Titania; Cross-Case Data Presentation; Research Question 1: What is the Nature of Generativity in Leadership?; Research Question 2: What are the Antecedents of Leadership Generativity Motivation?; Research Question 3: What Environmental Factors Within a Higher Education Setting Facilitate or Inhibit Leadership Generativity?; Summary; Exercise: How Do Your Experiences Compare with the Study's Research Findings?; Chapter 5: Developing Generative Higher Education Leaders; Purpose of My Study; Responses to Research Questions: A Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: Research Question 1: What is the Nature of Generativity in Leadership?Key Finding 1: The Informants Believed That Being in Midlife Strongly Increased Their Generativity Motivation; Key Finding 2: The Informants Believed That Being a Woman Strongly In fl uenced Their Leadership Generativity; Key Finding 3: The Informants' Leadership Generativity Was In fl uenced by Their Positivity; Key Finding 4: The informants' Daily Activities and Responsibilities at the Local Level Constituted Their Leadership Generativity; Research Question 2: What are the Antecedents of Generativity Motivation?
    Description / Table of Contents: Key Finding 5: The informants' Leadership Generativity Was a Function of Their Having Grown Up in a Particular Time
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 122
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400745100 , 1283612313 , 9781283612319
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIII, 424 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 16
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The universalism of human rights
    RVK:
    Keywords: Public law ; Constitutional law ; Law ; Law ; Public law ; Constitutional law ; Konferenzschrift 2010 ; Konferenzschrift ; Menschenrecht ; Menschenrecht
    Abstract: Is there universalism of human rights? If so, what are its scope and limits? This book is a doctrinal attempt to define universalism of human rights, as well as its scope and limits. The book presents tests of universalism on international, regional and national constitutional levels. It is maintained that universalism of human rights is both a concept and a normative reality. The normative character of human rights is scrutinized through the study of international and regional agreements as well as national constitutions. As a consequence, limitations of normativity are identified, usually on the international level, and take the form of exceptions, reservations, and interpretations. The book is based on the General and National Reports which were originally presented at the 18th International Congress of the International Academy of Comparative Law in Washington D.C. 2010.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Universalism of Human Rights; Foreword; Préface; Contents; Contributors; Introduction; Human Rights and Peace; Contemporary Developments; Plurinational Level of Protection; Instruments and Mechanisms; Questionnaire; Results; Evaluation; Chapter 1: Reflections on the Universality of Human Rights; 1.1 Are Human Rights Universal?; 1.1.1 How to Define Universality?; 1.1.2 The Human Rights Idea, the Political Transformation of This Idea Into Normative Structures, and the Gap Between Normative Claim and Reality; 1.1.3 Normative Claim and Normative Reality; 1.1.4 Universality v. Relativism 7
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.1.5 Human Rights and National Constitutional Law1.2 Are Fundamental Rights Binding?; 1.2.1 International and Regional Level; 1.2.2 State Level; 1.2.3 The Effects of Human Rights Soft Law; 1.2.4 Human Rights and the Rule of Law; References; Chapter 2: Universal Human Rights in the Law of the United States; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Human Rights in the States; 2.3 Federal Protections of Human Rights; 2.4 International Human Rights Standards; 2.5 Conclusion and Prospects for the Future; References; Chapter 3: Diversité culturelle et droits de la personne: la situation au Canada*
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 Traités et droit canadien3.2 Actes unilatéraux des organisations internationales et droit canadien; 3.3 Particularismes locaux canadiens; 3.3.1 Peuples autochtones canadiens; 3.3.2 Minorités linguistiques canadiennes; 3.3.3 Minorités ethniques et religieuses canadiennes; 3.4 Conclusion; Bibliographie; Monographie; Articles; Jurisprudence; Législation; Documents internationaux; Rapports; Sites Web; Annexe - Conventions auxquelles le Canada est partie; Chapter 4: The Impact of the Jurisprudence Inter-American Court of Human Rights on the Chilean Constitutional System; 4.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 The Inter-American System of Human Rights4.2.1 The System Based on the OAS Charter; 4.2.2 System Based on the Convention; 4.3 Constitution, Law and Rights in Chile; 4.4 The Position of the International Treaties on Human Rights in the Chilean Constitutional System; 4.4.1 The Hierarchy of International Treaties on Human Rights; 4.4.2 The History of Article 5 (2) Second Sentence of the Constitution; 4.4.3 The Principle of Harmonious Interpretation of the Constitution and the Requirements for Constitutional Amendments
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.4 The Hierarchical Superiority of Treaties on Human Rights with Regard to National Law4.4.5 The Chilean Constitution and the American Treaty on Human Rights; 4.4.6 The Relationship Between the San José de Costa Rica Court's Judgments and the Judgments of the Chilean Courts; 4.4.6.1 The San José de Costa Rica Court's Judgments Have No Supremacy over Chilean Courts; 4.4.6.2 The Enforcement of the San José Court's Judgments May Need to Reform the Internal Law; 4.5 Conclusion; References; Bibliography; Legal Documents; Judgments
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: The Universal Nature of Human Rights: The Brazilian Stance Within Latin America's Human Rights Scenario
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 123
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400746084 , 1283633876 , 9781283633871
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 348 p. 32 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Philosophy (General) ; Applied psychology ; Law Psychological aspects ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Philosophy (General) ; Applied psychology ; Law Psychological aspects ; Hautfarbe ; Bleichen ; Ethnische Beziehungen ; Rassendiskriminierung
    Abstract: In the aftermath of the 60s "Black is Beautiful movement and publication of The Color Complex almost thirty years later the issue of skin color has mushroomed onto the world stage of social science. Such visibility has inspired publication of the Melanin Millennium for insuring that the discourse on skin color meet the highest standards of accuracy and objective investigation. This volume addresses the issue of skin color in a worldwide context. A virtual visit to countries that have witnessed a huge rise in the use of skin whitening products and facial feature surgeries aiming for a more Caucasian-like appearance will be taken into account. The book also addresses the question of whether using the laws has helped to redress injustices of skin color discrimination, or only further promoted recognition of its divisiveness among people of color and Whites. The Melanin Millennium has to do with now and the future. In the 20th century science including eugenics was given to and dominated by discussions of race category. Heretofore there remain social scientists and other relative to the issue of skin color loyal to race discourse. However in their interpretation and analysis of social phenomena the world has moved on. Thus while race dominated the 20th century the 21st century will emerge as a global community dominated by skin color and making it the melanin millennium.
    Description / Table of Contents: The Melanin Millennium; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: The Bleaching Syndrome: Western Civilization vis-à-vis Inferiorized People of Color; References; Chapter 2: The Historical and Cultural Influences of Skin Bleaching in Tanzania; Historical and Cultural Influences: Institutions That Placed Tanzanians in a Color-Conscious Society; Enslaved by the Arabs; Controlled by the British, Colonized by the Germans; The Cycle Continues: Postcolonization; Westernization and Neocolonialism
    Description / Table of Contents: How Color-Conscious Societies Fuel Potent Skin-Color Ideals That Result in Efforts to Assimilate into Dominant GroupsIntrapsychic Conflict and Motivation to Assimilate; The Psychological Consequences of Living in Color-Conscious Societies; Inferiority and Low Self-Esteem; Identity Development; Where to Go from Here; Research Implications; Policy and Practice Implications; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Pathophysiology and Psychopathology of Skin Bleaching and Implications of Skin Colour in Africa; Introduction; Skin Colour: Anatomy, Biochemistry, and Physiology
    Description / Table of Contents: Body Dysmorphic Disorder (BDD)What Are the Causes of Somatoform Disorders?; The Light Skin Fad; Pathophysiology of Skin Bleaching; Mechanisms of Skin Bleaching; Trigger Factors: Psychosocial Disturbances; Exposure to Bleaching Agents; Alteration of the Skin Biochemical and Anatomical Composition; In Contemporary Africa; References; Chapter 4: An Introduction to Japanese Society's Attitudes Toward Race and Skin Color; Introduction; Historical Japanese Treatments of Foreigners, Based Upon Skin Color; Roots of the Coloring of the World: Fukuzawa Yukichi's Theories of "Civilization"
    Description / Table of Contents: The Otaru Onsens Case and Japan's Judicial Valuation of Skin ColorContemporary Japanese Media Expressions of Valuation of Skin Color; Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Mapping Color and Caste Discrimination in Indian Society; Foregrounding Racism in India; Revisiting the Mythical "Aryan Supremacy"; What Scriptures Say; Aryans, Varna, and Jāti; Revisiting the Aryan Supremacy; Questioning the Aryan Supremacy Myth: Non-Brahmanical Contestations; Notion of Beauty and Contemporary Forms of Preserving White Superiority; Notions of Femininity and Beauty in India; Whitening Cream Culture; Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 6: Indigeneity on Guahan: Skin Color as a Measure of Decolonization; Introduction; Traditional Concepts of Skin Color; The Impact of Colonization and Western Values; Indigeneity and Decolonization; Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: A Tale of Two Cultures; References; Chapter 8: Where Are You From?; Introduction: The "Where Are You From?" Question; How to Answer the "Where Are You From?" Question; The Founding Migration; The Founding Origin; Melanin: An Insuperable Sign of Otherness?; Promise and Delusion of a Project?; Assimilation and Integration
    Description / Table of Contents: Ethnic Statistics in France: Wishes and Fears
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 124
    ISBN: 9789400748163 , 1283634147 , 9781283634144
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 216 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Educational Leadership 17
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Data-based decision making in education
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Decision making ; Data mining ; Erziehung ; Entscheidung ; Data Mining ; Erziehung ; Entscheidung ; Data Mining
    Abstract: In a context where schools are held more and more accountable for the education they provide, data-based decision making has become increasingly important. This book brings together scholars from several countries to examine data-based decision making. Data-based decision making in this book refers to making decisions based on a broad range of evidence, such as scores on students assessments, classroom observations etc.This book supports policy-makers, people working with schools, researchers and school leaders and teachers in the use of data, by bringing together the current research conducted on data use across multiple countries into a single volume. Some of these studies are best practice studies, where effective data use has led to improvements in student learning. Others provide insight into challenges in both policy and practice environments. Each of them draws on research and literature in the field.
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; About the Authors; About the Editors; Chapter 1 Introduction; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 How Will This Book Help You?; 1.3 Organization of Chapters; References; Chapter 2 Data-based Decision Making: An Overview; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Broadening Our Understanding of Data; 2.3 Why Data?; 2.3.1 The Nature of Effective Teaching and School Leadership; 2.3.2 Evidence of Improvements in Student Learning and Achievement; 2.4 The Process of Using Data; 2.5 How Data Can be Used; 2.6 Reflection Questions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3 Analysis and Discussion of Classroom andAchievement Data to Raise Student Achievement3.1 Introduction: Context Description; 3.2 Why Decision-Making Using Data Requires Linking Achievement Patterns to Classroom Practices; 3.3 The Overall Intervention Model in Three Clusters; 3.4 Gains in Achievement; 3.5 Analysis and Discussion of Data; 3.5.1 General Process of Analysing and Discussing Achievement Data; 3.5.2 General Process of Analysing and Discussing Observation Data; 3.5.3 Linking Student Achievement to Classroom Observations; 3.6 Enablers and Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.7 Conclusions and Next Steps3.8 Reflection Questions; References; Chapter 4 From ``Intuition''- to ``Data''-based Decision Making in Dutch Secondary Schools?; 4.1 Introduction: Context Description; 4.2 Two Stories of Data-based Decision Making; 4.2.1 Data-based Decision Making in the Real World:School Level; 4.2.2 Data-based Decision Making in the Real World:Classroom Level; 4.2.3 Data-based Decision Making in a Perfect World:School Level; 4.2.4 Data-based Decision Making in a Perfect World:Classroom Level; 4.3 Supporting and Hindering Factors; 4.4 Possible Effects and Side Effects
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 Conclusion and Discussion4.6 Reflection Questions; References; Chapter 5 Professional Attitudes to the Use of Data in England; 5.1 Introduction and Background; 5.2 Research Questions and Research Base; 5.3 Selecting and Recruiting the Participating Schools; 5.4 Collection of Data; 5.5 Discussion of Findings; 5.5.1 Use of Pupil Attainment and Progress Data; 5.5.2 Teachers' Understanding of Pupil Attainment and Progress Data and Confidence in Their Skills to Access, Utilise and Interpret Data; 5.5.3 The Impact of Training and Continuing Professional Development
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5.4 Management, Analysis and Interpretation of Pupil Attainment and Progress Data: Who Does Whatand Who Should Do What in Schools?5.5.5 The Rationale for Collecting Pupil Attainment and Progress Data: What Teachers Perceive It To Be and What They Consider It Should Be; 5.6 Summary and Conclusion; 5.7 Reflection Questions; References; Chapter 6 Approaches to Effective Data Use: Does One Size Fit All?; 6.1 Introduction: Context; 6.2 Data Dissemination and Data Use: How the One Influences the Other; 6.3 Research Design and Methodology; 6.3.1 The Feedback System; 6.3.2 Sample
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3.3 Instruments and Data Collection
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 125
    ISBN: 9789400751019
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 315 p. 7 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: International Library of Ethics, Law, and the New Medicine 52
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Sports medicine ; Medical ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Sports medicine ; Medical ethics
    Abstract: The book provides an in-depth discussion on the human nature concept from different perspectives and from different disciplines, analyzing its use in the doping debate and researching its normative overtones. The relation between natural talent and enhanced abilities is scrutinized within a proper conceptual and theoretical framework: is doping to be seen as a factor of the athlete’s dehumanization or is it a tool to fulfill his/her aspirations to go faster, higher and stronger? Which characteristics make sports such a peculiar subject of ethical discussion and what are the, both intrinsic and extrinsic, moral dangers and opportunities involved in athletic enhancement? This volume combines fundamental philosophical anthropological reflection with applied ethics and socio-cultural and empirical approaches. Furthermore it presents guidelines to decision- and policy-makers on local, national and international levels.
    Description / Table of Contents: Athletic Enhancement, Human Nature and Ethics; Preface; Technology and Sport, Meanings and Realities; Acknowledgements; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Human Nature as a Promising Concept to Make Sense of the Spirit of Sport; 1.1 Part I: Conceptual and Theoretical Framework; 1.2 Part II: Transgressing the Limits of Human Nature; 1.3 Part III: The Normative Value of Human Nature; 1.4 Part IV: Socio-Cultural and Empirical Approaches; 1.5 Part V: Practices and Policies; Part I: Conceptual and Theoretical Framework
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: Self , Other, Play, Display and Humanity: Development of a Five-Level Model for the Analysis of Ethical Arguments in the Athletic Enhancement Debate2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Creation of an Ethical Research Model; 2.3 What Is at Stake?; 2.4 And What if Humanity Is at Stake?; 2.5 Doctoring Genes: Threats and Opportunities; 2.6 Integrity, Fairness, Freedom and Health; 2.7 Inclusion and Exclusion of Athletes; 2.8 Discussion and Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Is Human Enhancement Unnatural and Would This Be an Ethical Problem?; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Some Meanings of the Natural
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3 The Natural As According to Nature3.4 The Natural As the Normal; 3.5 The Natural As the Essential; 3.6 Conclusions for the Moral Value of the Natural; Ref erences; Chapter 4: Dignified Doping: Truly Unthinkable? An Existentialist Critique of 'Talentocracy' in Sports; 4.1 What Doping Is - And What It Need Not Be; 4.1.1 The Need for Rigorous Intrinsic Inquiry; 4.1.2 What is Doping?; 4.1.3 A Structured Search for Doping's Intrinsic Wrongs; 4.2 Proper Origins. May the Best, or May the Blessed Man Win; 4.2.1 Talent As Robustness and Doped Performances As Flukes
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.2 The Talented As the Authentic and Dopers As Phonies4.2.3 Natural Endowment As the Gift of Place and Purpose, and Doping As Its Loss; 4.2.4 Talent As a Signal of Fitness and Doping As Misleading Mimicry; 4.3 Proper Processes. Just Do It, or: Let Nature Do It for You; 4.3.1 Agency-Enabling Doping; 4.3.2 Baseline-Lifting Doping; 4.3.3 Passive Consumption of Natural Processes; 4.4 Proper Outcomes. Sporting Towards a Blank Slate or To Showcase a Blueprint; 4.4.1 Reshaping the Human Figure As Straying from the Original Plan; 4.4.2 Reshaping the Human Figure As Repugnant Deformation
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.3 Reshaping the Human Figure As (Mutual) Alienation4.5 Conclusion. The Unbearable Lightness of Being a Self-Made Man, Out There Playing Games; References; Part II: Transgressing the Limits of Human Nature; Chapter 5: Subhuman , Superhuman, and Inhuman: Human Nature and the Enhanced Athlete; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Appeal of Philosophical Boundary Work; 5.3 Stooping to the Subhuman; 5.4 Aspiring to the Superhuman; 5.5 Engineering the Inhuman; 5.6 The Meaning of Athletic Agency; 5.7 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Prometheus on Dope: A Natural Aim for Improvement or a Hubristic Drive to Mastery?
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface by Thomas H. Murray, President Emeritus of the Hastings Center and Chair of the Ethical Issues Review Panel for the World Anti-Doping Agency.Introduction: Human nature as a promising concept to make sense of the spirit of sport -- Part I Conceptual and Theoretical Framework -- Jan Tolleneer and Paul Schotsmans, Self, other, play, display and humanity. Development of a five-level model for the analysis of ethical arguments in the athletic enhancement debate -- Christian Lenk, Is human enhancement unnatural and would this be an ethical problem? -- Pieter Bonte, Dignified doping: truly unthinkable? An existentialist critique of ‘talentocracy’ in sports. - Part II Transgressing the limits of human nature -- Eric Juengst, Subhuman, superhuman, and inhuman. Human nature and the enhanced athlete -- Trijsje Franssen, Prometheus on dope. A natural aim for improvement or a hubristic drive to mastery? -- Darian Meacham, Outliers, freaks, and cheats. Constituting normality in the age of enhancement -- Part III The normative value of human nature -- Andreas De Block, Doping use as an artistic crime. On natural performances and authentic art -- Andrew Holowchak, Something from nothing or nothing from something?. Performance-enhancing drugs, risk, and the natures of contest and of humans -- Mike McNamee, Transhuman athletes and pathological perfectionism. Recognising limits in sports and human nature -- Part IV Socio-cultural and empirical approaches -- Marianne Raakilde Jespersen, “Definitely not for women”. An online community’s reflections on women’s use of performance enhancing drugs in recreational sports -- Denis Hauw, Toward a situated and dynamic understanding of doping behaviors -- Tara Magdalinski, Restoring or enhancing athletic bodies. Oscar Pistorius and the threat to pure performance -- Part V Practices and policies -- John Hoberman, Sports physicians, human nature, and the limits of medical enhancement -- Bengt Kayser and Barbara Broers, Anti-doping policies: choosing between imperfections -- Roger Brownsword, A simple regulatory principle for performance-enhancing technologies. Too good to be true?.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 126
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753518 , 1283936070 , 9781283936071
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 315 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Boston Studies in the Philosophy and History of Science 298
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Agassi, Joseph, 1927 - 2023 The very idea of modern science
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Science ; Europe ; History ; 16th century ; Science ; Europe ; History ; 17th century ; Wissenschaftsphilosophie ; Citizen Science ; Wissenschaftsphilosophie ; Citizen Science
    Abstract: This book is a study of the scientific revolution as a movement of amateur science. It describes the ideology of the amateur scientific societies as the philosophy of the Enlightenment Movement and their social structure and the way they made modern science such a magnificent institution. It also shows what was missing in the scientific organization of science and why it gave way to professional science in stages. In particular the book studies the contributions of Sir Francis Bacon and of the Hon. Robert Boyle to the rise of modern science. The philosophy of induction is notoriously problematic, yet its great asset is that it expressed the view of the Enlightenment Movement about science. This explains the ambivalence that we still exhibit towards Sir Francis Bacon whose radicalism and vision of pure and applied science still a major aspect of the fabric of society. Finally, the book discusses Boyle’s philosophy, his agreement with and dissent from Bacon and the way he single-handedly trained a crowd of poorly educated English aristocrats and rendered them into an army of able amateur researchers.​
    Description / Table of Contents: The Very Idea of ModernScience; Abstract; Preface; Acknowledgement; Contents; Part I: Bacons Doctrine of Prejudice (A Study in a Renaissance Religion); Introductory Note; Chapter 1: The Riddle of Bacon; 1.1 The Problem of Methodology; 1.2 The Criticism of Bacon's Writings; 1.3 The Past Suggested Solutions; Chapter 2: Bacon's Philosophy of Discovery; 2.1 Bacon's Utopianism; 2.2 Bacon's Metaphysics; 2.3 Bacon's Induction; 2.4 Bacon's Inductive Machine; Chapter 3: Ellis' Major Difficulty; Chapter 4: The Function of the Doctrine of Prejudice; 4.1 Radicalism; 4.2 Radicalism Invented
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3 Radical MethodologyChapter 5: Bacon on the Origin of Error and Prejudice; Chapter 6: Prejudices of the Senses; 6.1 The Problem of Observation; 6.2 Prejudices of the Senses; 6.3 Bacon's Theory of Discovery; 6.4 Whewell's Theory of Discovery; 6.5 Popper's Theory of Discovery; 6.6 Bacon's "Mark" of Science; Chapter 7: Prejudices of Opinions; 7.1 Suspension of Judgment; 7.2 What Is a Prejudice?; 7.3 Bacon and the Logical Empiricists; 7.4 Bacon's Double Game; 7.5 The Origin of Scientific Theories; 7.6 Science and Imagination; Chapter 8: Bacon's Influence; 8.1 Influence on Immediate Posterity
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.2 Permission to Propose a Hypothesis and to Assert Metaphysics8.3 Permission De Jure and de Facto; 8.4 Legitimation Versus Criticism; 8.5 Bacon's Influence; Chapter 9: Conclusion : The Rise of the Riddle of Bacon; Part II: The Religion of Inductivism as a Living Force; Quasi-Terminological Notes; "The Inductive Style"; "Speculation" and "Hypothesis"; "Hypothesis" and "Fact"; On the Recent Literature; Homage to Robert Boyle; Chapter 10: Philosophical Background; 10.1 Inductivism Classical and Modern; 10.2 Metaphysical Views, Classical and Modern; 10.3 The Doctrine of Prejudice
    Description / Table of Contents: 10.4 The Moral Code of the Fraternity10.5 Conclusion; Chapter 11: The Social Background of Classical Science; 11.1 Researchers as Amateurs; 11.2 Researchers as Experts; 11.3 Researchers as Inventors; 11.4 Researchers as Dilettantes; Chapter 12: The Missing Link Between Bacon and the Royal Society; 12.1 The Rise of the Royal Society; 12.2 Boyle's Spirit; 12.3 Boyle's Views on the Spread of Science; Chapter 13: Boyle in the Eyes of Posterity; 13.1 The Eighteenth Century; 13.2 Herschel's Unfair Comment; 13.3 Who Discovered Boyle's Law?; 13.4 Modern Views on Boyle; 13.5 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 14: The Inductive Style14.1 The Discussion of Style; 14.2 The Inductive Style Versus the Argumentative Style; 14.3 Reporting on Experiments and Writing Systems; 14.4 Boyle on some Systems; 14.5 Thinking and Experimenting; 14.6 The Inductive Style; 14.7 Encyclopedia of Facts or a Just History of Nature; 14.8 Boyle's Promiscuous Experiments; 14.9 Boyle on Attempts to Create some Theories; 14.10 Methodological Tolerance; 14.11 The Usefulness of Hypotheses; 14.12 Civilized Argument; 14.13 Boyle on the Method of Quoting; 14.14 Circumstantial Descriptions A: The Problem
    Description / Table of Contents: 14.15 Circumstantial Descriptions B: Recent Solutions
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- Acknowledgement -- PART I: BACONS DOCTRINE OF PREJUDICE -- (A study in a Renaissance Religion) Introductory Note -- I The Riddle of Bacon -- (1)  The Problem of Methodology -- (2)    II Bacon’s Philosophy of Discovery -- III Ellis’ Major Difficulty -- IV The Function of the Doctrine of Prejudice -- V Bacon on the origin of error and prejudice -- VI Prejudices of the Senses -- VII Prejudices of Opinions -- VIII Bacon’s Influence -- IX Conclusion: The rise of the commonwealth of learning -- PART II: A RELIGION OF INDUCTIVISM AS A LIVING FORCE -- A Quasi-Terminological Note -- On the recent literature -- Homage to Robert Boyle -- I Background Material -- II The social background of classical science -- III The Missing Link between Bacon and the Royal Society of London -- IV Boyle in the Eyes of Posterity -- V The Inductive Style -- VI Mechanism -- VII The new doctrine of prejudice -- Appendices. ​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 127
    ISBN: 9789400740112
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 267 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy and Medicine 115
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. The development of bioethics in the United States
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; medicine Philosophy ; Medical ethics ; Regional planning ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; medicine Philosophy ; Medical ethics ; Regional planning ; USA ; Medizinische Ethik
    Abstract: In only four decades, bioethics has transformed from a fledgling field into a complex, rapidly expanding, multidisciplinary field of inquiry and practice. Its influence can be found not only in our intellectual and biomedical institutions, but also in almost every facet of our social, cultural, and political life. This volume maps the remarkable development of bioethics in American culture, uncovering the important historical factors that brought it into existence, analyzing its cultural, philosophical, and professional dimensions, and surveying its potential future trajectories. Bringing together a collection of original essays by seminal figures in the fields of medical ethics and bioethics, it addresses such questions as the following: - Are there precise moments, events, socio-political conditions, legal cases, and/or works of scholarship to which we can trace the emergence of bioethics as a field of inquiry in the United States? - What is the relationship between the historico-causal factors that gave birth to bioethics and the factors that sustain and encourage its continued development today? - Is it possible and/or useful to view the history of bioethics in discrete periods with well-defined boundaries? - If so, are there discernible forces that reveal why transitions occurred when they did? What are the key concepts that ultimately frame the field and how have they evolved and developed over time? - Is the field of bioethics in a period of transformation into biopolitics? Contributors include George Annas, Howard Brody, Eric J. Cassell, H. Tristram Engelhardt Jr., Edmund L. Erde, John Collins Harvey, Albert R. Jonsen, Loretta Kopelman, Laurence B. McCullough, Edmund D. Pellegrino, Warren T. Reich, Carson Strong, Robert M. Veatch, and Richard M. Zaner.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. The birth of bioethics : historical analysis -- pt. 2. The nature of bioethics : cultural and philosophical analysis -- pt. 3. The practice of bioethics : professional dimensions -- pt. 4. The future of bioethics : looking ahead.
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction --  1. Jeremy R. Garrett, Fabrice Jotterand, and D. Christopher Ralston - “The Development of Bioethics in the United States: An Introduction” --  Part I: The Birth of Bioethics: Historical Analysis --  2. Eric J. Cassell - “The Beginnings of Bioethics” -- 3. Howard Brody - “Teaching at the University of Texas Medical Branch, 1971-74: Humanities, Ethics, or Both?” -- 4. John Collins Harvey - “André Hellegers, the Kennedy Institute, and the Development of Bioethics: The American-European Connection” -- 5. H.T. Engelhardt, Jr. - “Bioethics as a Liberal Catholic Heresy: Critical Reflections on the Founding of Bioethics” --  Part II: The Nature of Bioethics: Cultural and Philosophical Analysis --  6. Warren T. Reich - “A Corrective for Bioethical Malaise: Revisiting The Cultural Influences That Shaped the Identity of Bioethics” -- 7. George J. Annas - “American Biopolitics” -- 8. Carson Strong - “Medicine and Philosophy: The Coming Together of an Odd Couple” -- 9. Loretta M. Kopelman - “The Growth of Bioethics as a Second-Order Discipline” --  Part III: The Practice of Bioethics: Professional Dimensions --  10.  Robert M. Veatch - “The Development of Bioethics: Bringing Physician Ethics into the Moral Consensus” -- 11. Laurence B. McCullough - “Bioethics and Professional Medical Ethics: Mapping and Managing an Uneasy Relationship” -- 12. Edmund L. Erde - “Professionalism vs. Medical Ethics in the Current Era: A Battle of Giants?” --  Part IV: The Future of Bioethics: Looking Ahead --  13. Richard M. Zaner - “Themes and Schemes in the Development of Bioethics in the United States” -- 14. Edmund D. Pellegrino - “Medical Ethics and Moral Philosophy in an Era of Bioethics” -- 15. Albert R. Jonsen - “Prolegomenon to any Future Bioethics”.  .
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 128
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400760073 , 1299198252 , 9781299198258
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 132 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Law 9
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Wellman, Carl, 1926 - 2021 Terrorism and counterterrorism
    RVK:
    Keywords: Ethics ; Religion (General) ; Criminology ; Law ; Law ; Ethics ; Religion (General) ; Criminology
    Abstract: This book presents a definition of terrorism that is broad and descriptive and much needed to prevent misunderstanding. The book identifies the features that make terrorism ‘wrong’, including coerciveness, the violation of rights and undermining of trust. Next, it evaluates reasons given for terrorism such as the protection of human rights and the liberation of oppressed groups as not normally justified. Following this, the book identifies and evaluates international responses to terrorism, taking into account General Assembly and Security Council resolutions, United Nations conventions and criminalization in international law. It also looks at national responses which often take the shape of surveillance, detention, interrogation, trials, targeted killings, intrusion and invasion. Finally, the book discusses how, if at all, the moral norms of personal morality apply to the actions of nation states.​
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.What is Terrorism? -- 2.Why is Terrorism Wrong? -- 3.How Could Terrorism be Justified? -- 4.International Responses -- 5.State Responses -- 6.Moral Limits on State Responses -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 129
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400760677
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 273 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Law and Philosophy Library 106
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Neutrality and theory of law
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy of law ; Criminology ; Law ; Law ; Genetic epistemology ; Philosophy of law ; Criminology ; Criminology ; Genetic epistemology ; Law ; Philosophy of law ; Law ; Philosophy ; Congresses ; Konferenzschrift 2010 ; Rechtswissenschaft ; Rechtstheorie ; Rechtspositivismus ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Kriminologie
    Abstract: This book brings together twelve of the most important legal philosophers in the Anglo-American and Civil Law traditions. The book is a collection of the papers these philosophers presented at the Conference on Neutrality and Theory of Law, held at the University of Girona, in May 2010. The central question that the conference and this collection seek to answer is: Can a theory of law be neutral? The book covers most of the main jurisprudential debates. It presents an overall discussion of the connection between law and morals, and the possibility of determining the content of law without appealing to any normative argument. It examines the type of project currently being held by jurisprudential scholarship. It studies the different approaches to theorizing about the nature or concept of law, the role of conceptual analysis and the essential features of law. Moreover, it sheds some light on what can be learned from studying the non-essential features of law. Finally, it analyzes the nature of legal statements and their truth values. This book takes the reader a step further to understanding law
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- The Province of Jurisprudence Underdetermined; Juan Carlos Bayón -- Necessity, Importance, and the Nature of Law; Frederick Schauer -- Ideals, Practices, and Concepts in Legal Theory; Brian Bix -- Alexy Between Positivism and non-Positivism; Eugenio Bulygin -- The Architecture of Jurisprudence ; Jules Coleman -- Norms, Truth and Legal Statements; Jorge Rodríguez -- Juristenrecht. Inventing Rights, Obligations, and Powers; Riccardo Guastini -- The Demarcation Problem in Jurisprudence: A New Case for Skepticism; Brian Leiter -- Normative Legal Positivism, Neutrality, and the Rule of Law; Bruno Celano -- On the Neutrality of Charter Reasoning; Wilfrid Waluchow -- Between Positivism and Non-Positivism? A Third Reply to Eugenio Bulygin; Robert Alexy -- The Scientific Model of Jurisprudence; Dan Priel -- Jurisprudential Methodology: Is Pure Interpretation Possible?; Kevin Walton.    ​.
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 130
    ISBN: 9789400762473
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 221 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Educational Research 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Educational research: the importance and effects of institutional spaces
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Education ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Pädagogik ; Forschung
    Abstract: This collection of fresh analyses aims to map the links between educational theory and research, and the geographical and physical spaces in which teaching is practiced and discussed. The authors combine historical and philosophical perspectives in examining the differing institutional loci of education research, and also assess the potential and the limitations of each. The contributors trace the effects of ‘space’ on educational practice in the classroom, in the broader institutions, and in the academic discipline of education-doing so for a range of international contexts. The chapters address various topics relating to the physical and geographical environment. How, for example, does geographical space shape researchers’ mental frameworks? How did the learning environments in which young children are taught today evolve? To what extent did parochialism shape America’s higher education system? How can our understanding of classroom practice be enhanced by concepts of space? The book acknowledges that texts themselves, as well as the research ‘arena’, are ‘spaces’ too, and notes the fascinating debate on the concept of space in the field of mathematics education. Indeed, as more and more students move online, the book analyses the rising importance of virtual spaces such as Web 2.0, which have major educational implications for researchers and students joining the innovative ‘virtual’ universities of the future.This publication, as well as the ones that are mentioned in the preliminary pages of this work, were realized by the Research Community (FWO Vlaanderen / Research Foundation Flanders, Belgium) Philosophy and History of the Discipline of Education: Faces and Spaces of Educational Research
    Description / Table of Contents: Earlier Volumes in this Series; Contents; Chapter 1: Exploring a Multitude of Spaces in Education and Educational Research; Notes; References; Chapter 2: American Democracy and Harold D. Lasswell: Institutional Spaces of 'Failure' and 'Success', Present and Past; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Institutional Failure; 2.3 Introducing Lasswell; 2.4 Democratic Character; 2.5 Innovation; 2.6 Assessment; 2.7 Conclusion; Notes; References; Chapter 3: The Power of the Parochial in Shaping the American System of Higher Education; 3.1 Rapid Expansion and Dispersion of US Colleges in the Nineteenth Century
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 Sources of Strength in a Humble Collection of Colleges3.3 Building New Capacity and Complexity into the System; 3.3.1 State Universities; 3.3.2 Land-Grant Colleges; 3.3.3 Normal Schools; 3.4 The System's Strengths in 1880; 3.4.1 Capacity in Place; 3.4.2 A Hardy Band of Survivors; 3.4.3 Consumer Sensitivity; 3.4.4 Adaptable Enterprises; 3.4.5 A Populist Role; 3.4.6 A Practical Role; 3.5 The Pieces Come Together with the Emergence of the Research University; 3.5.1 A Research Role; 3.5.2 Merging the Populist, the Practical, and the Elite in the American System; Notes; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: Crossing the Atlantic to Gain Knowledge in the Field of Psycho-Pedagogy: The 1922 Mission of Ovide Decroly and R...4.1 Aspects of 'Macro'-space: Crossing the Atlantic to Gain Knowledge in the Field of Psycho-Pedagogy; 4.2 Aspects of 'Micro'-space: Travel Notes as the Basis for Writing Biographies About Educational Researchers; References; Archives; Literature; Chapter 5: The Emergence of Institutional Educational Spaces for Young Children: In Pursuit of More Controllability of Education and Developmentas Part of the Long-Term Growthof Educational Space in History; 5.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2 Educational Space, Educational Ambitions and Education and Childhood in History5.3 Supervision, Controllability and the Optimal Development of the Young; 5.4 The Development of New Educational Spaces for the Education of Young Children; 5.4.1 A Shift in Educational Theories; 5.4.2 Shift in Educational Policy; 5.4.3 Shift in Educational Practices in a New Institutional Space for Young Children; 5.5 Conclusion; Notes; References; Chapter 6: A Different Training, a Different Practice: Infant Care in Belgium in the Interwar Years in the City and in the Countryside
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.1 Introduction: The Development of Infant Care as an Educational Space6.2 The Training of Nurses as an Institutional Space of Educational Research; 6.3 Nursing as a Vocation: The Social Nurse Offering Social Education in the Countryside; 6.4 Nursing as a Profession: The Visiting Nurse Offering Medical Care in the City; 6.5 Conclusion: A Different Training, a Different Practice; Notes; References; Chapter 7: Disability, Rehabilitation and the Great War: Making Space for Silence in the History of Education; 7.1 Spaces, Silence and Educational Research
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.2 Retracing Silence in the History of Rehabilitation, 1914-1918
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Exploring a multitude of spaces in education and educational research -- 2. American democracy and Harold D. Lasswell: Institutional spaces of ‘failure’ and ‘success’, present and past -- 3. The power of the parochial in shaping the American system of Higher Education -- 4. Crossing the Atlantic to gain knowledge in the field of psycho-pedagogy: The 1922 mission of Ovide Decroly and Raymond Buyse to the USA and the travel diary of the latter -- 5. The emergence of institutional educational spaces for young children: In pursuit of more controllability of education and development as part of the long-term growth of educational space in history -- 6. A different training, a different practice. Infant care in Belgium in the interwar years in the city and in the countryside -- 7. Disability, rehabilitation & the Great War: Making space for silence in the History of Education -- 8. Interpretation: The space of text -- 9. Exploring educational research as a multi-layered discursive space -- 10. The spaces of mathematics: Dynamic encounters between local and universal -- 11. The classroom space: A problem or a mystery?- 12. Spaces and places in the virtual university -- 13. Material contexts and creation of meaning in virtual places: Web 2.0 as a space of educational research. 14. From entrepreneurialism to innovation: Research, critique, and the Innovation Union -- 15. About the Authors -- Index. ​.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and indexes
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 131
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400763685
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 639 p. 43 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Cross-Cultural Advancements in Positive Psychology 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Public health ; Quality of Life Research ; Quality of Life ; Applied psychology ; Psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Public health ; Quality of Life ; Psychology ; Quality of Life Research ; Applied psychology ; Südafrika ; Positive Psychologie ; Wohlbefinden
    Abstract: Contributors -- Preface -- Chapter 1. Introduction; Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 2. Toward Fortigenesis and Fortology: An Informed Essay; Deodandus J. W. Strumpfer -- Chapter 3. Positive Psychology and Education; Irma Eloff -- Chapter 4. Life Design: An Approach to Managing Diversity in South Africa; Jacobus G. Maree -- Chapter 5. Teacher Pathways to Resilience: Interpretations of Teacher Adjustment to HIV/AIDS-related Challenges; Linda Theron -- Chapter 6. Building generative theory from case work: The relationship-resourced resilience model; Liesel Ebersohn -- Chapter 7. From Happiness to Flourishing at Work: A Southern African Perspective; Sebastiaan Rothmann -- Chapter 8. Resilience and Thriving among Health Professionals; Henriëtte van den Berg -- Chapter 9. Measuring Happiness: Results of a Cross-National Study; Sebastiaan Rothmann -- Chapter 10. Further validation of the General Psychological Well-being Scale among a Setswana-speaking group; Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Q. Michael Temane and Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 11. Feeling Good, Functioning Well and Being True: Reflections on Selected Findings from the FORT Research Programme; Marié P. Wissing and Michael Temane -- Chapter 12. Coping and Cultural Context: Implications for Psychological Health and Well-being; Marelize Willers, Johan C. Potgieter, Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Leoné Malan, Paul J. Mentz, and Suria Ellis -- Chapter 13. Aspects of Family Resilience in Various Groups of South African Families; Abraham P. Greeff -- Chapter 14. Psychological Well-being, Physical Health, and the Quality of Life of a Group of Farm Workers in South Africa: The FLAGH study; Sammy, M. Thekiso, Karel, F. H. Botha, Marié P. Wissing and Annamarie Kruger -- Chapter 15. The Pivotal Role of Social Support in the Well-being of Adolescents; Henriëtte S. Van den Berg, Ancel A. George, Edwin D. Du Plessis, Anja Botha, Natasha Basson, Marisa De Villiers and Solomon Makola -- Chapter 16. Older Adults’ Coping with Adversities in an African Context: A Spiritually Informed Relational Perspective; Vera Roos -- Chapter 17. Asset-based Coping as One Way of Dealing with Vulnerability; Ronél Ferreira -- Chapter 18.Relational Coping Strategies of Older Adults with Drought in a Rural African Context; Vera Roos, Shingairai Chigeza and Dewald van Niekerk -- Chapter 19. The Stories of Resilience in a Group of Professional Nurses in South Africa; Magdalene P Koen, Chrizanne van Eeden, Marié Wissing and Vicki Koen -- Chapter 20. Psychosocial Health: Disparities between Urban and Rural Communities; Marié P. Wissing, Q. Michael Temane, Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Annamarie Kruger and Hester H.Vorster -- Chapter 21. Multi-cultural differences in hope and goal-achievement; David J. F. Maree and Marinda Maree -- Chapter 22. The Role of Gender and Race in Sense of Coherence and Hope Orientation Results; Sanet van der Westhuizen (née Coetzee), Marié de Beer and Nomfusi Bekwa -- Chapter 23. Self-Regulation as Psychological Strength in South Africa: A Review; Karel Botha -- Chapter 24. Commitment as an identity-level regulatory process in academic and interpersonal contexts; Salomé Human-Vogel -- Chapter 25. Facilitating psychological well-being through hypnotherapeutic interventions; Tharina Guse and Gerda Fourie -- Chapter 26. Positive Psychology and Subclinical Eating Disorders; Doret Kirsten and Wynand F. Du Plessis -- Chapter 27. Evaluation of a Programme to Enhance Flourishing in Adolescents; Izanette Van Schalkwyk and Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 28. Conclusions and Challenges for Further Research; Marié P. Wissing
    Abstract: This is the first book to bring together examples of research in positive psychology / psychofortology conducted in the multi-cultural South African context with its diverse populations and settings. The volume reflects basic as well as applied well-being research in the multicultural South African context, as conducted in various contexts and with a variety of methods and foci. Theoretical, review, and empirical research contributions are made, reflecting positivist to constructivist approaches, and include quantitative, qualitative, and mixed-method approaches. Some findings support universality assumptions, but others uncovered unique cultural patterns. Chapters report on well-being research conducted in the domains of education, work, health, and family, and in clinical, urban vs. rural, and unicultural vs. multicultural contexts. Studies span the well-being of adolescents, adults, and older people, and topics include resilience in individuals, families, and groups, measurement issues and coping processes, the role of personal and contextual variables, and facets such as hope, spirituality, self-regulation, and interventions
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction; References; Chapter 2: Towards Fortigenesis and Fortology: An Informed Essay; Central Constructs; Salutogenesis; Fortigenesis; Fortology; Continua; Positive Psychology; Antonovsky a Positive Psychologist?; Sense of Coherence and Generalized Resistance Resources; General Psychosocial Well-Being; Resiling; Self-efficacy; Genetics and Neuroscience; Culture; Independent and Dependent Construals; Social Support; Implications of Culture for Conceptualization; Implications of Culture for Positive Thinking; Systems Thinking; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Positive Psychology and EducationPositive Psychology Within Education; The Potential of Teaching Positive Psychology; The Broaden-and-Build Theory; Strengths in Individuals and Systems; Assessing for Strengths; The Need to Understand Cultural Interpretations; Beyond the Reactionary Phase; Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Life Design: An Approach to Managing Diversity in South Africa; Goals of the Chapter; Reason for Narrative Approaches; Impact of Global Changes in the Workplace on People's Lifestyles
    Description / Table of Contents: Overview of the Interplay Between the Waves in Psychology, the Economy, and Career Counselling Over the Past 120 YearsLink Between Helping Models in Career Counselling and Economic Waves (Molitor, 1999, 2000 ; Savickas, 2006a, 2006b, 2007b, 2007c); Factors Emphasized During Each of the Four Economic Waves and Concurrent Helping Models in Career Counselling (Savickas, 2006a, 2006b, 2007b); Epistemological Approaches That Have Underpinned the Practice of Career Counselling; The Traditional Approach to Career Counselling; A Qualitative (Narrative) Approach to Career Counselling
    Description / Table of Contents: Social ConstructionismSavickas' Theory of Career Construction Counselling for Life Designing; Savickas' Career Construction Theory; Life Design; Factors That Can Influence the Life Design Counselling Process; Career Adaptability; Practical Implications of the Movement Towards a Qualitative-Quantitative Approach to Career Counselling; General Orientation; Career Counselling Failing Non-European Clients; Imbalances in the South African Economy; The Need for a More Appropriate Theoretical and Practical Base for Career Counselling in South Africa
    Description / Table of Contents: Addressing the Psychosocial Needs of the South African PopulationFramework for Career Counselling in South Africa; A Word of Caution: State of the African Economy; Value of Life Design Counselling in South Africa; Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Teacher Pathways to Resilience: Interpretations of Teacher Adjustment to HIV/AIDS-Related Challenges; Pathways to Resilience: A Conceptualization; Pathways to Teacher Resilience; Intrapersonal Pathways to Resilience; Interpersonal Pathways to Resilience; Existential Pathways to Resilience; Method; Research Design; Case One; Case Two; Case Three
    Description / Table of Contents: Data Generation and Analysis
    Description / Table of Contents: Contributors -- Preface -- Chapter 1. Introduction; Marié  P. Wissing -- Chapter 2. Toward Fortigenesis and Fortology: An Informed Essay; Deodandus J. W. Strumpfer -- Chapter 3. Positive Psychology and Education; Irma Eloff -- Chapter 4. Life Design: An Approach to Managing Diversity in South Africa; Jacobus G. Maree -- Chapter 5. Teacher Pathways to Resilience: Interpretations of Teacher Adjustment to HIV/AIDS-related Challenges; Linda Theron -- Chapter 6. Building generative theory from case work: The relationship-resourced resilience model; Liesel Ebersohn -- Chapter 7. From Happiness to Flourishing at Work: A Southern African Perspective; Sebastiaan Rothmann -- Chapter 8. Resilience and Thriving among Health Professionals; Henriëtte van den Berg -- Chapter 9. Measuring Happiness: Results of a Cross-National Study; Sebastiaan Rothmann -- Chapter 10. Further validation of the General Psychological Well-being Scale among a Setswana-speaking group; Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Q. Michael Temane and Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 11. Feeling Good, Functioning Well and Being True: Reflections on Selected Findings from the FORT Research Programme; Marié P. Wissing and Michael Temane -- Chapter 12. Coping and Cultural Context: Implications for Psychological Health and Well-being; Marelize Willers, Johan C. Potgieter, Itumeleng P. Khumalo, Leoné Malan, Paul J. Mentz, and Suria Ellis -- Chapter 13. Aspects of Family Resilience in Various Groups of South African Families; Abraham P. Greeff -- Chapter 14. Psychological Well-being, Physical Health, and the Quality of Life of a Group of Farm Workers in South Africa: The FLAGH study; Sammy, M. Thekiso, Karel, F. H. Botha, Marié P. Wissing  and Annamarie Kruger -- Chapter 15. The Pivotal Role of Social Support in the Well-being of Adolescents; Henriëtte S. Van den Berg, Ancel  A. George, Edwin D. Du Plessis, Anja Botha, Natasha Basson,  Marisa De Villiers and Solomon Makola -- Chapter 16. Older Adults’ Coping with Adversities in an African Context: A Spiritually Informed Relational Perspective; Vera Roos -- Chapter 17. Asset-based Coping as One Way of Dealing with Vulnerability; Ronél Ferreira -- Chapter 18.Relational Coping Strategies of Older Adults with Drought in a Rural African Context; Vera Roos, Shingairai Chigeza and Dewald van Niekerk -- Chapter 19. The Stories of Resilience in a Group of Professional Nurses in South Africa; Magdalene P Koen, Chrizanne van Eeden, Marié Wissing and Vicki Koen -- Chapter 20. Psychosocial Health: Disparities between Urban and Rural Communities; Marié P. Wissing, Q. Michael Temane, Itumeleng P. Khumalo,  Annamarie Kruger and Hester H.Vorster -- Chapter 21. Multi-cultural differences in hope and goal-achievement; David J. F. Maree and Marinda Maree -- Chapter 22. The Role of Gender and Race in Sense of Coherence and Hope Orientation Results; Sanet van der Westhuizen (née Coetzee), Marié de Beer and Nomfusi Bekwa -- Chapter 23. Self-Regulation as Psychological Strength in South Africa: A Review; Karel Botha -- Chapter 24. Commitment as an identity-level regulatory process in academic and interpersonal contexts; Salomé Human-Vogel -- Chapter 25. Facilitating psychological well-being through hypnotherapeutic interventions; Tharina Guse and Gerda Fourie -- Chapter 26. Positive Psychology and Subclinical Eating Disorders; Doret Kirsten and Wynand F. Du Plessis -- Chapter 27. Evaluation of a Programme to Enhance Flourishing in Adolescents; Izanette Van Schalkwyk and Marié P. Wissing -- Chapter 28. Conclusions and Challenges for Further Research; Marié P. Wissing.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 132
    ISBN: 9789400766891
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 209 p, online resource)
    Series Statement: Cross-Cultural Advancements in Positive Psychology 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. An integrated view of health and well-being
    Keywords: Culture Study and teaching ; Medical research ; Quality of life ; Health psychology ; Cross-cultural psychology ; Positive psychology ; Psychology ; Philosophy (General) ; Quality of Life ; Regional planning ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology, clinical ; Applied psychology
    Abstract: Concepts like Health and Well-being are not exclusive products of the Western culture. Research has widely demonstrated that the representation of the body and of its pathologies, as well as treatment and healing practices vary across cultures in relation to social norms and beliefs.The culture of India is a melting pot of nine main Darshanas, or philosophical systems, that share the common core of a realization of the self in society. India’s traditional health system, Ayurveda, is a result of the practical application of the Darshanas to the observation of human nature and behavior. Ayurveda conceptualizes health, disease and well-being as multidimensional aspects of life, and it seeks to preserve a balance in individuals among their biological features, their psychological features and their environmental demands. The Ayurveda approach to health is remarkably similar to the eudaimonic conceptualization of well-being proposed by positive psychology, and the basic tenets of Ayurveda are deeply consistent with the latest developments of modern physics, which stresses the substantial interconnectedness among natural phenomena and their substrates. This text shows how the approach to health developed in Ayurveda can be fruitfully integrated in a general view of health and well-being that encompasses cultural and ideological boundaries. Specifically, it details the conceptualization of health as an optimal and mindful interaction between individuals and their environment.
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction; Part I: Health and Well-Being in the Western Tradition; Part II: Health and Well-Being in Indian Traditions; Part III: Bridging the Worlds; Contents; Part I: Health and Well-Being in the Western Tradition; Chapter 1: Well-Being in the West: Hygieia Before and After the Demographic Transition; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 The Rise of Panacea and Demise of Hygieia; 1.2.1 Rapid Industrialization and Urbanization of Europe and the USA; 1.2.2 Rationalization and Bureaucratization of Medicine; 1.2.3 The Professionalization of Medicine; 1.2.4 The Rise and Role of Pharmaceuticals
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.2.5 The Social Meaning of Illness1.3 Return of Hygieia and Well-Being in the West; 1.3.1 Hygieia Enters the Debate About Mental Health and Illness; 1.3.2 The Two Continua Model: Hygieia and Panacea Are Both Important; 1.3.3 Hygieia: Toward Promotion and Protection of Flourishing; 1.3.4 Hygieia Validated: Confirmation of the Promotion and Protection Hypotheses; 1.4 Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: The Psychosomatic View; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 History and Current Developments; Box 2.1 Psychosomatic Medicine; Definition; Boundaries; Subdisciplines
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3 Psychosocial Factors and Individual Vulnerability2.3.1 Stressful Life Events; 2.3.2 Chronic Stress and Allostatic Load; 2.3.3 Health Attitudes; 2.3.4 Personality and Psychological Well-Being; 2.3.5 Social Support; 2.3.6 Spirituality; 2.4 Need for Holistic Consideration in Patient Care; 2.4.1 Psychiatric Disturbances; 2.4.2 Psychological Disturbances; Box 2.2 The Diagnostic Criteria for Psychosomatic Research (DCPR); Box 2.3 Examples of Questions Derived from the Diagnostic Criteria for Psychosomatic Research (DCPR); 2.4.3 Quality of Life
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Integration of Psychological Interventions in Medicine2.5.1 Treatment of Psychiatric Comorbidity; 2.5.2 Psychosocial Interventions; Box 2.4 Nonspecific Therapeutic Ingredients; Lifestyle Modification; 2.6 Current Issues; Box 2.5 This Case Illustrates How the Psychosomatic Consideration of a  Patient's Complaints May Lead to Better Assessment and Management; References; Part II: Health and Well-Being in Indian Traditions; Chapter 3: The Perspectives on Reality in Indian Traditions and Their Implications for Health and Well-Being; 3.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1.1 Contemporary Concerns About Well-Being and the Reductionist Paradigm3.1.2 Paradigm Shift: Has That Really Occurred?; 3.2 Perspectives on Reality in Indian Traditions; 3.2.1 Non-dualism in Veda and Upanishad; 3.2.2 Dualism of Sāmkhya; 3.2.3 Other Indian Perspectives; 3.3 Some Basic Assumptions and Principles Derived from Indian Perspectives; 3.3.1 Triguna; 3.3.2 Tāpa Traya; 3.3.3 Perspectives on the Constitution of Human Beings; 3.4 Implications for Health and Well-Being Research and Practice; 3.5 Modes of Intervention from the Indian Perspective; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: Concept of Health in Āyurveda
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 133
    ISBN: 9789400752078
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 262 p. 5 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Creemers, Bert, 1942 - Teacher professional development for improving quality of teaching
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Lehrer ; Berufserfahrung ; Unterricht ; Lehrer ; Berufserfahrung ; Unterricht
    Abstract: This book makes a major contribution to knowledge and theory by drawing implications of teacher effectiveness research for the field of teacher training and professional development. The first part of the book provides a critical review of research on teacher training and professional development and illustrates the limitations of the main approaches to teacher development such as the competence-based and the holistic approach. A dynamic perspective to policy and practice in teacher training and professional development is advocated. The second part of the book provides a critical review of research on teacher effectiveness. The main phases of this field of research are analysed. It is pointed out that teacher factors are presented as being in opposition to one another. An integrated approach in defining quality of teaching is adopted. The importance of taking into account findings of studies investigating differential teacher effectiveness is argued. Another significant limitation of this field of research is that the whole process of searching for teacher effectiveness factors was not able to have a significant impact upon teacher training and professional development. For this reason it is advocated that teacher training and professional development should be focused on how to address grouping of specific teacher factors associated with student learning and on how to help teachers improve their teaching skills by moving from using skills associated with direct teaching only to more advanced skills concerned with new teaching approaches and differentiation of teaching. The book refers to studies conducted in different countries illustrating how the proposed approach can be used by policy and practice in teacher education. Specifically, the book provides evidence supporting the validity of the theoretical framework upon which this approach is based. Moreover, experimental and longitudinal studies supporting the use of this approach for improvement purposes are presented and suggestions for further research utilising and expanding the Dynamic Approach for teacher training and professional development are provided
    Abstract: This book makes a major contribution to knowledge and theory by drawing implications of teacher effectiveness research for the field of teacher training and professional development. The first part of the book provides a critical review of research on teacher training and professional development and illustrates the limitations of the main approaches to teacher development such as the competence-based and the holistic approach. A dynamic perspective to policy and practice in teacher training and professional development is advocated. The second part of the book provides a critical review of research on teacher effectiveness. The main phases of this field of research are analysed. It is pointed out that teacher factors are presented as being in opposition to one another. An integrated approach in defining quality of teaching is adopted. The importance of taking into account findings of studies investigating differential teacher effectiveness is argued. Another significant limitation of this field of research is that the whole process of searching for teacher effectiveness factors was not able to have a significant impact upon teacher training and professional development. For this reason it is advocated that teacher training and professional development should be focused on how to address grouping of specific teacher factors associated with student learning and on how to help teachers improve their teaching skills by moving from using skills associated with direct teaching only to more advanced skills concerned with new teaching approaches and differentiation of teaching. The book refers to studies conducted in different countries illustrating how the proposed approach can be used by policy and practice in teacher education. Specifically, the book provides evidence supporting the validity of the theoretical framework upon which this approach is based. Moreover, experimental and longitudinal studies supporting the use of this approach for improvement purposes are presented and suggestions for further research utilising and expanding the Dynamic Approach for teacher training and professional development are provided.
    Description / Table of Contents: 〈p〉Preface -- List of Figures -- List of Tables -- PART 1: Research on Teacher Training and Professional Development.- PART 2: Main Foundations of Research on Teacher Effectiveness.- PART 3: Combining Teacher Effectiveness Research with Research on Teacher Training and Professional Development.- References. - Index.〈/p〉.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 134
    ISBN: 9789400754348 , 1283910152 , 9781283910156
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 267 p. 14 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Job satisfaction around the academic world
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; College teachers ; Job satisfaction ; Hochschullehrer ; Arbeitszufriedenheit ; Hochschullehrer ; Arbeitszufriedenheit
    Abstract: Higher education systems have changed all over the world, but not all have changed in the same ways. Although system growth and so-called massification have been worldwide themes, there have been system-specific changes as well. It is these changes that have an important impact on academic work and on the opinions of the staff that work in higher education. The academic profession has a key role to play in producing the next generations of knowledge workers, and this task will be more readily achieved by a contented academic workforce working within well-resourced teaching and research institutions. This volume tells the story of academics’ opinions about the changes in their own countries. The Changing Academic Profession (CAP) survey has provided researchers and policy makers with the capacity to compare the academic profession around the world. Built around national analyses of the survey this book examines academics’ opinions on a range of issues to do with their job satisfaction. Following an introduction that considers the job satisfaction literature as it relates to higher education, country-based chapters examine aspects of job satisfaction within each country.
    Description / Table of Contents: Job Satisfaction around the Academic World; Contents; About the Authors; About the Editors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Satisfaction Around the World?; References; Chapter 2: Academic Work at the Periphery: Why Argentine Scholars Are Satis fi ed, Despite All; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Theoretical Framework; 2.3 The Academic Profession in Argentina; 2.4 About the Sample and How Satisfaction Was Measured; 2.5 Argentina's Academic Job Satisfaction at a Glance; 2.6 Going Deeper: Differences Between Academics; 2.7 So, Are They Satisfied?; 2.8 Concluding Remarks; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Factors Associated with Job Satisfaction Amongst Australian University Academics and Future Workforce Implications3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Theoretical Framework; 3.3 Data; 3.4 Methodology; 3.4.1 Dependent Variable; 3.4.2 Independent Variables; 3.5 Results; 3.5.1 Mean Satisfaction; 3.5.2 Results for Environmental Conditions; 3.5.3 Results for Motivators and Hygienes; 3.5.4 Results for Demographics; 3.5.5 Results for Triggers; 3.6 Discussion; References; Chapter 4: Job Satisfaction in a Diverse Institutional Environment: The Brazilian Experience; 4.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Brazilian Higher Education: Sources of Institutional Diversity4.3 Differences in Conditions of Work, Commitments and Internal Governance; 4.4 Job Satisfaction in Diverse Institutional Environments; 4.5 Different Institutions, Different Sources of Satisfaction; 4.5.1 Sources of Contentment for Academics from the Public Research Universities; 4.5.2 Sources of Contentment Among Academics from Public Regional Universities; 4.5.3 Job Satisfaction Among Academics from Private Elite Institutions; 4.5.4 Job Satisfaction Inside the Private Mass-Oriented Institutions; 4.6 Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Canadian University Academics' Perceptions of Job Satisfaction: "…The Future Is Not What It Used to Be"5.1 Canadian Universities and the Context of Academic Work; 5.2 The Canadian CAP Survey; 5.3 Findings; 5.3.1 Overall Satisfaction with the Academic Profession; 5.3.2 Satisfaction with Institutional Infrastructure and Support; 5.3.3 Management, Leadership, and Institutional Culture; 5.4 Analysis of Demographic Variables; 5.4.1 Gender; 5.4.2 Remuneration; 5.4.3 Research Funding; 5.4.4 Rank; 5.4.5 Discipline; 5.4.6 Institutional Type; 5.5 Discussion; 5.6 Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Finland: Satisfaction Guaranteed! A Tale of Two Systems6.1 Background: Satisfaction? For a Good Time Call…; 6.2 History Ancient and Modern: The Old and the Not So Old; 6.3 The Changing Academic Profession: Some Demographic Considerations; 6.3.1 The CAP Survey and the Structure of Finnish Higher Education; 6.3.2 A Brief Demographic Analysis; 6.3.3 Teaching and Research: Preference and Time; 6.4 Job Satisfaction: The Physical Environment; 6.5 Job Satisfaction: Governance-Related Factors; 6.6 Job Satisfaction: Overall: I CAN Get Satisfaction!
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.7 I'm Satis fi ed! Some Discussion and Conclusions About Finnish University and Polytechnic Academics
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction: Satisfaction Around the World?; Peter James Bentley, Hamish Coates, Ian R Dobson, Leo Goedegebuure and V. Lynn Meek -- 2. Argentina: Academic Work at the Periphery - Why Argentine Scholars Are Satisfied, Despite All; Mónica Marquina and Gabriel Rebello -- 3. Australia: Factors Associated with Job Satisfaction Amongst Australian University Academics and Future Workforce Implications; Peter James Bentley, Hamish Coates, Ian R. Dobson, Leo Goedegebuure and V. Lynn Meek -- 4. Brazil: Job Satisfaction in a Diverse Institutional Environment; Elizabeth Balbachevsky and Simon Schwartzman -- 5. Canada: Canadian University Academics’ Perceptions of Job Satisfaction - “the future is not what is used to be”; Julian Weinrib, Glen A. Jones, Amy Scott Metcalfe, Donald Fisher, Yves Gingras, Kjell Rubenson and Iain Snee -- 6. Finland: Satisfaction Guaranteed! A Tale of Two Systems; Timo Aarrevaara and Ian R. Dobson -- 7. Germany: Determinants of Academic Job Satisfaction; Ester Ava Höhle and Ulrich Teichler -- 8. Japan: Factors Determining Academics’ Job Satisfaction From the Perspective of Role Diversification; Akira Arimoto and Tukasa Daizen -- 9. Malaysia: An Academic Career in Malaysia - A Wonderful Life, or Satisfaction Not Guaranteed?; Norzaini Azman, Morshidi Sirat and Mohd Ali Samsudin -- 10. Portugal: Dimensions of Academic Job Satisfaction; Diana Dias, Maria de Lourdes Machado-Taylor, Rui Santiago, Teresa Carvalho and Sofia Sousa -- 11. South Africa: Job Satisfaction for a Besieged Profession; Charl Wolhuter -- 12. United Kingdom: Satisfaction in Stages - the Academic Profession in the United Kingdom and British Commonwealth; William Locke and Alice Bennion -- 13. Conclusion: Academic Job Satisfaction from an International Comparative Perspective: Factors Associated with Satisfaction across 12 Countries; Peter James Bentley, Hamish Coates, Ian R. Dobson, Leo Goedegebuure and V. Lynn Meek -- Index. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 135
    ISBN: 9789400760042
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 329 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophical Studies Series 120
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Reason and analysis in ancient Greek philosophy
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, classical ; Ethics ; Metaphysics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy, classical ; Ethics ; Metaphysics ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Griechenland ; Vernunft ; Methode ; Philosophie
    Abstract: This distinctive collection of original articles features contributions from many of the leading scholars of ancient Greek philosophy. They explore the concept of reason and the method of analysis and the central role they play in the philosophies of Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle. They engage with salient themes in metaphysics, epistemology, ethics, and political theory, as well as tracing links between each thinker’s ideas on selected topics. The volume contains analyses of Plato’s Socrates, focusing on his views of moral psychology, the obligation to obey the law, the foundations of politics, justice and retribution, and Socratic virtue. On Plato’s Republic, the discussions cover the relationship between politics and philosophy, the primacy of reason over the soul’s non-rational capacities, the analogy of the city and the soul, and our responsibility for choosing how we live our own lives. The anthology also probes Plato’s analysis of logos (reason or language) which underlies his philosophy including the theory of forms. A quartet of reflections explores Aristotelian themes including the connections between knowledge and belief, the nature of essence and function, and his theories of virtue and grace. The volume begins with an intellectual memoir by David Keyt that recounts his adventures as a philosopher and scholar during the rise of analytic classical scholarship in the past century. Along the way, Keyt relates entertaining anecdotes involving major figures in modern academic philosophy. Blending academic authority with creative flair and demonstrating the continuing interest of ancient Greek philosophy, this book will be a valuable addition to the libraries of all those studying and researching the origins of Western philosophy
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 136
    ISBN: 9789400765795
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 265 p. 33 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: International perspectives on early childhood education and development 8
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Children's play and development
    Keywords: Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Education ; Education ; Early childhood education ; Educational psychology ; Developmental psychology ; Play ; Child development
    Abstract: This book provides new theoretical insights to our understanding of play as a cultural activity. All chapters address play and playful activities from a cultural-historical theoretical approach by re-addressing central claims and concepts in the theory and providing new models and understandings of the phenomenon of play within the framework of cultural historical theory. Empirical studies cover a wide range of institutional settings: preschool, school, home, leisure time, and in various social relations (with peers, professionals and parents) in different parts of the world (Europe, Australia, South America and North America). Common to all chapters is a goal of throwing new light on the phenomenon of playing within a theoretical framework of cultural-historical theory. Play as a cultural, collective, social, personal, pedagogical and contextual activity is addressed with reference to central concepts in relation to development and learning. Concepts and phenomena related to ZPD, the imaginary situation, rules, language play, collective imagining, spheres of realities of play, virtual realities, social identity and pedagogical environments are presented and discussed in order to bring the cultural-historical theoretical approach into play with contemporary historical issues. Essential as a must read to any scholar and student engaged with understanding play in relation to human development, cultural historical theory and early childhood education.
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Children's Play and Development; What Is Play? Theories on Play; What Is Still Missing?; Cultural-Historical Perspectives on Play as Presented in This Book; The Application of Theory: General Statements About the Use of Well-Established Theories; Application of the Cultural-Historical Perspective on Theory as Presented in This Book; 1. Anti-reductionism; 2. The Historical Approach; 3. The Dialectics of Externalization and Internalization; Values; Presentation of Chapters; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: The Structure of Fantasy Play and Its Implications for Good and Evil GamesIntroduction; Play and Research in Play: Mainstream and Countertrends; Evil Play; The Dynamic Structure of Social Fantasy Play; A Model of the Structure and Components of Play; The Structure of Structure: The Spheres of Reality of Play; The Components of Absorption: The Components of the Sphere of Imagination; Implications; Conclusion: The Structure of Play and Some of Its Implications; References; Chapter 3: Playing with Social Identities: Play in the Everyday Life of a Peer Group in Day Care; Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: Symbolic Group PlayTheoretical Preliminaries: Features of Symbolic Group Play; Pretence: Symbolic and Subjunctive Modalities of Thought; Play Dominated by As-If and What-If Actions; Material and Symbolic Tools of Play; Communicating About Reality and Pretence in the Play Group; Spheres of Reality; Aspects of the Institutional Tradition of Danish Day Care; Empirical Study; Method; Analysis of Play Example; Discussion; Identifying with Roles and Positions; Central and Peripheral Positions; The Director's Position; Building Relationships Through Playing; Symbolic and Factual Identity in Playing
    Description / Table of Contents: Playing Games with RulesTheoretical Preliminaries: Features of Games with Rules; Rules as Sociocultural Practice; Rules for Rules; Background Information; The Star Players; The Ordinary Players; The Other Players; Example; The Local Soccer Rules; Discussion; Negotiating and Creating Social Identities Through Soccer Playing; The Generic Social Hierarchy as Open System; Rules as Social Structures and Logics; Imagining Soccer; Subjunctive Thinking in Playing; Social Identification Process and Subjunctive Thinking in Playing
    Description / Table of Contents: Summing Up: Resemblances Between Symbolic Group Playing and Playing SoccerPlaying with Social Identities: Questing Recognition; References; Chapter 4: Pedagogical Perspectives on Play; Introduction; The Play-and-Learning Debate; The Logic of Social Fantasy Play; Characteristics of Fantasy Play; Creativity; Narrativity; Orientation and Flexibility; Meaningfulness; Reciprocity and Cooperation; Play as Source of Pedagogical Inspiration; Integration and Complexity in Pedagogical Praxis; From Children's "Traces" to Pedagogical Activities; The Witch Flying in a Spaceship
    Description / Table of Contents: Integration as Narrative Connections
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 137
    ISBN: 9789400743847 , 1283612283 , 9781283612289
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 161 p. 21 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Doling, John, 1946 - Demographic change and housing wealth
    DDC: 363.583094
    RVK:
    Keywords: Grundeigentum ; Altersvorsorge ; Sparen ; Privater Haushalt ; Vergleich ; Ostasien ; Europa ; Social sciences ; Geography ; Population ; Demography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Geography ; Population ; Demography ; Home ownership ; Economic aspects ; European Union countries ; Home ownership ; Social aspects ; European Union countries ; Population aging ; Economic aspects ; European Union countries ; Population aging ; Social aspects ; European Union countries ; Pensions ; European Union countries ; Public welfare ; European Union countries ; Europäische Union ; Grundeigentum ; Wirtschaftliche Lage ; Soziale Situation ; Hauseigentümer
    Abstract: Across the EU, populations are shrinking and ageing. An increasing burden is being placed on a smaller working population to generate the taxes required for pensions and care costs. Welfare states are weakening in many countries and across Europe, households are being increasingly expected to plan for their retirement and future care needs within this risky environment. At the same time, the proportion of people buying their own home in most countries has risen, so that some two-thirds of European households now own their homes.  Housing equity now considerably exceeds total European GDP. This book discusses questions like: to what extent might home ownership provide a potential cure for some of the consequences of ageing populations by realizing housing equity in order to meet the consumption needs of older people? What does this mean for patterns of inheritance and longer-term inequalities across Europe? And to what extent are governments banking on their citizens utilising their housing wealth now and in the future?
    Description / Table of Contents: Demographic Change and Housing Wealth; Foreword; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Issues and Approaches; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Demographic and Housing Developments: Policy Challenges; 1.2.1 Demographic Change; 1.2.2 An Increasing Number of Homeowners; 1.2.3 Housing Asset-Based Welfare; 1.2.3.1 Asset-Based Welfare; 1.2.3.2 Housing as Pension; 1.3 Saving Through Housing: A Theoretical Framework; 1.3.1 The Life Cycle Model; 1.3.2 The Welfare System; 1.3.3 The Family; 1.3.4 Other Mechanisms; 1.3.5 The Mixed Economy of Saving; 1.3.5.1 Financial Institutions; 1.3.6 The Role of Housing
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3.6.1 Housing and the Life Cycle Model1.3.6.2 Income Derived from Homeownership; 1.3.7 Cross-Country Variations; 1.4 Methodologies for Researching the Three Questions; 1.4.1 Selection of Cases; 1.4.1.1 Economic and Financial Crisis; 1.5 Content and Structure of the Book; Chapter 2: Homeownership Rates; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Homeownership Across Countries and Time; 2.3 Homeownership Rates and Welfare: A Trade-Off?; 2.3.1 Homeownership and Social Spending; 2.3.2 Homeownership and Welfare Regimes; 2.4 The Drivers of the Homeownership Decision; 2.4.1 Housing Finance
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.1.1 Funding of Mortgage Loans2.4.1.2 The Innovation in Loan Products; 2.4.2 The Relative Attractions of Home Owning and Renting; 2.4.2.1 Tax Policy and Other Subsidies for Homeownership; 2.4.2.2 Declining Support for Social Housing; 2.4.2.3 Increase of Homeownership; 2.4.2.4 Changes in Rental Housing Sectors; 2.4.2.5 Household Decision Making; 2.4.3 Household Characteristics; 2.4.3.1 Income; 2.4.3.2 Age; 2.4.4 Combining the Factors; 2.5 Conclusions; Chapter 3: Housing Wealth in the Household Portfolio; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Household Wealth; 3.2.1 How Much Wealth Do Households Have?
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.2 How Much Wealth Is Held in Housing?3.2.3 What Influences the Size and Composition of Wealth?; 3.2.3.1 Quantitative Studies; 3.2.3.2 Qualitative studies; 3.2.3.3 Portfolio Analysis; 3.2.3.4 Regression Analysis; 3.3 Housing Debt; 3.3.1 What Influences the Size of Household Debt?; 3.3.1.1 Quantitative Studies; 3.3.1.2 Qualitative Studies; Why Do People Have a Mortgage?; Priority Placed on Paying Off Mortgage Compared to Other Priorities; 3.3.1.3 Explaining the Level of New Mortgage Debt; 3.4 Conclusions; Chapter 4: Housing Asset Strategies for Old Age; 4.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Perceptions of the Adequacy of Pensions4.2.1 Variations in Pension Systems; 4.2.2 Concerns About Pension Adequacy; 4.3 Using Housing Equity in Old Age: Strategies in Principle; 4.4 Using Housing Equity in Old Age: Strategies in Practice; 4.4.1 Using Non-housing Assets; 4.4.2 Using Housing Equity; 4.4.3 Dissaving Housing Assets by Moving; 4.4.4 Dissaving Housing Assets but Not Moving; 4.4.4.1 Reverse Mortgages; 4.4.4.2 Interest-Only Loans; 4.4.4.3 Reverse Mortgage Strategies; 4.4.5 Not Dissaving; 4.4.5.1 Housing Equity as a Precaution; 4.4.5.2 Housing Equity as a Bequest
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.6 Changing Attitudes
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 138
    ISBN: 9789400746534
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 306 p. 9 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Economic and political change in Asia and Europe
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Population ; Demography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Population ; Demography ; East Asia ; Economic policy ; East Asia ; Economic conditions ; East Asia ; Social policy ; East Asia ; Social conditions ; Europe ; Economic policy ; Europe ; Economic conditions ; Europe ; Social policy ; Europe ; Social conditions
    Abstract: Since the 1973 publication of Alain Peyrefittes prophetic When China Awakens, developments in East Asia have outstripped even the wildest predictions. China has undergone the fastest industrialization and urbanization process in history, yet tensions there are rising as some realize how far they have been left behind. This volume explores the applicability of European economic and social models to our analysis of East Asias and, in particular, Chinas situation. Though millions of Chinese and other Asian people have been lifted out of poverty, inequality is rising nonetheless, and contemporary Europe and Asia are both witnessing collective action against rampant economic neoliberalism in the former and the exclusion of minorities in the latter. It is difficult to overstate the relevance of this assessment, which seeks answers to some central questions: Can events in Europe serve as a model for those in East Asia? Are there similarities or differences between the two regions? To what extent do political, economic or social systems stimulate or inhibit collective action? How culturally equivalent are the collective actions of marginalized/ disadvantaged people in the two locations, or are events in Europe symptomatic of specific cultural attributes? Comparing and contrasting the research tools and dominant paradigms in the social and economic sciences in East Asia and Europe, as this volume does, throws out some revealing results.
    Description / Table of Contents: Economic and Political Change in Asia and Europe; Acknowledgments; Contents; List of Figures; List of Tables; Appendices; Abbreviations; Chapter 1: Collective Action and Relatively Powerless People in Europe and Asia; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Social and Economic Backdrops; 1.3 Recession and Social Movements; 1.4 Common Traits: Asia and Europe; 1.5 Chapter Descriptions; 1.6 Conclusion; References; Part I: Economic, Political and Social Globalization in Asia and Europe; Chapter 2: Economic Change and Social Dynamics: Converging and Diverging Trends Across Different Economies; 2.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 Growth, Structural Change, and Macro Socioeconomic Performance by Broad World Region2.3 Economic Growth, Development, and Poverty; 2.3.1 Broad Trends in Terms of Poverty and Inequality; 2.3.2 Impact of the Recent and Current Economic Shocks; 2.4 Convergence and Equality in the EU; 2.4.1 Between-Country Economic Convergence; 2.4.2 Convergence Across Socioeconomic Groups in the EU; 2.5 The Case of Asia; 2.5.1 Convergence Across Asian Countries; 2.5.2 Convergence Across Socioeconomic Groups in Asia; 2.6 Conclusions; 2.7 Appendices
    Description / Table of Contents: Appendix 2.1 List of Countries Included in the Major World Regions (See Table  2.1)Appendix 2.2 Indicators Developed (or Being Developed) by the Commission so as to Measure Social Cohesion (Sample); References; Chapter 3: European Integration, Social Cohesion, and Political Contentiousness; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The European Structure of Grievances: The Renaissance of "Old" Issues; 3.3 Social Cohesion in Europe: Spatial and Social Cleavages; 3.3.1 Social Cohesion: The Core and the Peripheries; 3.3.2 Social Cohesion and Class
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 Discussion and Conclusions: Social Cohesion and the Political Sociology of EuropeReferences; Chapter 4: Images and Frameworks of Collective Action in China; 4.1 Assumptions from a Western Concept; 4.2 Reconstruction of a Chinese Traditional Heritage; 4.2.1 Interpersonal Relations, Intention, Ritual, and Mankind; 4.2.2 Traces of Collectivity in Chinese History; 4.3 The Affirmative Societal Role of Collective Action; 4.3.1 Statehood, Citizens, and Welfare; 4.3.2 Authoritarianism, Democratization, and Collective Action; 4.4 Collective Action with Chinese Characteristics; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: European Governance and Democracy5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Immigration and Citizenship: Building the Fortress; 5.3 Organizing the Unemployed Within the Member States; 5.4 European Marches and Alter-Globalization Movements; 5.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Agricultural Markets and Food Riots: The European Union and Asia Compared; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Main Drivers Affecting the Food System; 6.3 Prices Crisis or Food Crisis?; 6.4 Food Riots and Policy Responses; 6.5 Food Aid Policies; 6.6 Concluding Remarks; References; Part II: Social Movements in a Transnational Perspective
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: Marginalization and Transnationalizing Movements: How Does One Relate to the Other?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 139
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400745995 , 128363385X , 9781283633857
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 255 p. 102 illus., 12 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 357
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Betz, Gregor Debate dynamics: how controversy improves our beliefs
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Artificial intelligence ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Science Philosophy ; Artificial intelligence ; Argumentationstheorie ; Debatte
    Abstract: Is critical argumentation an effective way to overcome disagreement? And does the exchange of arguments bring opponents in a controversy closer to the truth? This study provides a new perspective on these pivotal questions. By means of multi-agent simulations, it investigates the truth and consensus-conduciveness of controversial debates. The book brings together research in formal epistemology and argumentation theory. Aside from its consequences for discursive practice, the work may have important implications for philosophy of science and the way we construe scientific rationality as well.
    Description / Table of Contents: Debate Dynamics: How Controversy Improves Our Beliefs; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: General Introduction; 1.1 The Aims of Argumentation; 1.2 An Example of a Controversial Argumentation; 1.3 Modeling Controversial Debate; 1.4 Results Pertaining to Consensus-Conduciveness; 1.5 Results Pertaining to Truth-Conduciveness; 1.6 Objections and Caveats; 1.7 Putting the Approach in Perspective; Chapter 2: An Introduction to the Theory of Dialectical Structures; 2.1 Fundamental Concepts; 2.2 Degrees of Justification; 2.3 The Space of Coherent Positions; 2.4 Normalized Closeness Centrality
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Inferential Density2.6 The General Design of the Simulations; Part I: Why Do We Agree? On the Consensus-Conduciveness of Controversial Argumentation; Chapter 3: Introduction to Part I; 3.1 Outline of Part I; 3.2 Main Results and Their Justification; Chapter 4: The Consensual Dynamics of Simple Random Debates; 4.1 Setup; 4.2 Results; 4.3 Discussion; 4.4 Results, Continued; 4.5 Discussion, Continued; Chapter 5: The Consensual Dynamics of Random Debates with Explicit Background Knowledge; 5.1 Setup; 5.2 Results; 5.3 Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: Comparing the Consensual Dynamics of Four Proponent-Specific Argumentation Strategies in Dualistic Debates6.1 Setup; 6.2 Results; 6.3 Discussion; Chapter 7: The Consensual Dynamics of Argumentation Strategies in Many-Proponent Debates; 7.1 Setup; 7.2 Results; 7.3 Discussion; Chapter 8: The Consensual Dynamics of Debates with Core Updating; 8.1 Setup; 8.2 Results; 8.3 Discussion; Chapter 9: The Consensual Dynamics of Debates with Core Argumentation; 9.1 Setup; 9.2 Results; 9.3 Discussion; Part II: How Do We Know? On the Truth-Conduciveness of Controversial Argumentation
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 10: Introduction to Part II10.1 Outline of Part II; 10.2 Main Results and Their Justification; Chapter 11: The Veritistic Dynamics of Simple Random Debates; 11.1 Setup; 11.2 Results; 11.2.1 Truth's Attraction: How Rapidly Does the Proponents' Verisimilitude Increase?; 11.2.2 The Verisimilitude of Consensus Positions: Is Mutual Agreement a Good Indicator of Having Reached the Truth?; 11.2.3 The Verisimilitude of Stable Positions: Are Proponent Positions Which Remain Relatively Stable Closer to the Truth?; 11.3 Discussion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 12: The Veritistic Dynamics of Random Debates with Explicit Background Knowledge12.1 Setup; 12.2 Results; 12.3 Discussion; Chapter 13: Comparing the Veritistic Dynamics of Four Proponent-Specific Argumentation Strategies in Dualistic Debates; 13.1 Setup; 13.2 Results; 13.3 Discussion; Chapter 14: The Veritistic Dynamics of Argumentation Strategies in Many-Proponent Debates; 14.1 Setup; 14.2 Results; 14.2.1 Truth's Attraction: How Rapidly Does the Proponents' Verisimilitude Increase?
    Description / Table of Contents: 14.2.2 The Verisimilitude of Consensus Positions: Is Mutual Agreement a Good Indicator of Having Reached the Truth?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 140
    ISBN: 9789400754287 , 1283634449 , 9781283634441
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 94 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Philosophy
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Biology Philosophy ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Biology Philosophy ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Entscheidung ; Vernunft ; Neurowissenschaften
    Abstract: This book carries out an epistemological analysis of the decision, including a critical analysis through the continuous reference to an interdisciplinary approach including a synthesis of philosophical approaches, biology and neuroscience. Besides this it represents the analysis of causality here seen not from the formal point of view, but from the 'embodied' point of view. ?
    Abstract: This book carries out an epistemological analysis of the decision, including a critical analysis through the continuous reference to an interdisciplinary approach including a synthesis of philosophical approaches, biology and neuroscience. Besides this it represents the analysis of causality here seen not from the formal point of view, but from the "embodied" point of view
    Description / Table of Contents: Epistemology of Decision; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Introduction; Rationality and NeuroeconomicsPart I; 1 Rationality and Experimental Economics; 1.1 The Theory of Rational Choice; 1.2 Game Theory; 1.3 Teleology, Instrumentalism and Interpretivism; 1.4 Experimental Economics; 1.5 Criticism of Experimental Economics; References; 2 Neuroeconomics; 2.1 Neuroeconomics and Causality; 2.2 Game Theory and Neuroscience; 2.3 The Role of Social Cognition; 2.4 Empathy Basic and Empathy Re-Enactive; 2.5 Doubts, Feasibility and Future of Neuroeconomics; References
    Description / Table of Contents: The Biological ApproachesPart II3 Evolutionary Economics and Biological Complexity; 3.1 Biology and the Economy; 3.2 Economic Progress and Evolutionism; 3.3 The Computational Methods and the Engineering Approach; 3.4 Complexity; References;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 141
    ISBN: 9789400752948
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 244 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Education in the Asia-Pacific Region: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 20
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Adult education ; Education ; Education ; Adult education ; Bildungswesen ; Qualitätsmanagement
    Abstract: Due to the development of the international Education for All and Education for Sustainable Development movements, for which UNESCO is the lead agency, there has been an increasing emphasis on the power of education and schooling to help build more just and equitable societies. This seeks to give everyone the opportunity to develop their talents to the full, regardless of characteristics such as gender, socio-economic status, ethnicity, religious persuasion, or regional location. As enshrined in the United Nations Declaration on Human Rights over five decades ago, everyone has the right to receive a high quality and relevant education. In order to try to achieve this ideal, many countries are substantially re-engineering their education systems with an increasing emphasis on promoting equity and fairness, and on ensuring that everyone has access to a high quality and relevant education. They are also moving away from the traditional outlook of almost exclusively stressing formal education in schools as the most valuable way in which people learn, to accepting that important and valuable learning does not just occur in formal, dedicated education institutions, but also through informal and non-formal means. Thus learning is both lifelong and life-wide. This book brings together the experience and research of 40 recognised and experienced opinion leaders in education around the world. The book investigates the most effective ways of ensuring the UNESCO aim of effective education for all people in the belief that not only should education be a right for all, but also that education and schooling has the potential to transform individual lives and to contribute to the development of more just, humane and equitable societies.
    Description / Table of Contents: 〈p〉Introduction; 〈i〉Kelli Hughes〈/i〉 -- Introduction by the Series Editors; 〈i〉Rupert Maclean〈/i〉 -- Foreword: Let a Hundred Flowers Blossom; 〈i〉Phillip Hughes〈/i〉 -- 〈b〉SECTION 1: 〈/b〉The Public Sector in Education.-〈b〉 〈/b〉〈b〉SECTION 2: 〈/b〉Quality in Teaching -- 〈b〉SECTION 3: 〈/b〉Making Equity Work〈i〉 -- 〈/i〉〈b〉SECTION 4: 〈/b〉Looking More Widely.-〈b〉 SECTION 5: 〈/b〉Concluding Comments.-〈b〉 〈/b〉Index.〈i〉〈/p〉.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 142
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400752795
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 197 p, digital)
    Series Statement: International Library of Ethics, Law, and the New Medicine 53
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Douard, John Monstrous crimes and the failure of forensic psychiatry
    RVK:
    Keywords: Ethics ; Psychiatry ; Consciousness ; Law ; Law ; Ethics ; Psychiatry ; Consciousness ; Law Psychological aspects ; Gerichtliche Psychiatrie ; Verbrechen ; Gewaltkriminalität ; Abnorme Persönlichkeit ; Gerichtliche Psychiatrie
    Abstract: The metaphor of the monster or predator-usually a sexual predator, drug dealer in areas frequented by children, or psychopathic murderer-is a powerful framing device in public discourse about how the criminal justice system should respond to serious violent crimes. The cultural history of the monster reveals significant features of the metaphor that raise questions about the extent to which justice can be achieved in both the punishment of what are regarded as "monstrous crimes" and the treatment of those who commit such crimes.This volume is the first to address the connections between the history of the monster metaphor, the 19th century idea of the criminal as monster, and the 20th century conception of the psychopath: the new monster. The book addresses, in particular, the ways in which the metaphor is used to scapegoat certain categories of crimes and criminals for anxieties about our own potential for deviant, and, indeed, dangerous interests. These interests have long been found to be associated with the fascination people have for monsters in most cultures, including the West.The book concludes with an analysis of the role of forensic psychiatrists and psychologists in representing criminal defendants as psychopaths, or persons with certain personality disorders. As psychiatry and psychology have transformed bad behavior into mad behavior, these institutions have taken on the legal role of helping to sort out the most dangerous among us for preventive "treatment" rather than carceral "punishment."
    Description / Table of Contents: Monstrous Crimes and the Failure of Forensic Psychiatry; Acknowledgments; John Douard; Pamela D. Schultz; Contents; Chapter 1: Monstrous Crimes, Framing, and the Preventive State: The Moral Failure of Forensic Psychiatry; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Frames, Metaphor, and Cognition; 1.3 Monsters and Monstrous Crimes; 1.4 Psychopathy: The Monstrous Brain; References; Chapter 2: Sexual Predator Laws: A Gothic Narrative; 2.1 Law, Morality, and Emotion in American Law; 2.2 The Monster Among Us: The Social Context of Revulsion; 2.3 Sexually Violent Predator Acts; 2.4 Megan's Law
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.1 Stories of Abjection: The "yuck" Factor2.5 Becoming a Public Problem; References; Chapter 3: Metaphor, Framing, and Reasoning; 3.1 Metaphor as Productive Cognitive Tool; 3.2 Metaphorical Images: Emblematic Compression; 3.3 Framing and Meaning; 3.4 Thinking with Metaphors: Pretend Play and the False Belief Task; 3.5 Dead Metaphors are Powerful Metaphors; References; Chapter 4: Monsters, Norms and Making Up People; 4.1 Monster as Physical Abnormality; 4.2 Monster as Social Symbol; 4.3 "Making Up People" - The Monster Within; 4.4 Scapegoats and the Social Utility of Outsiders
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.5 The Monster as Sexual DeviantReferences; Chapter 5: The Sex Offender: A New Folk Devil; 5.1 Moral Panic; 5.2 Witchcraft and "Satanic Panic"; 5.3 The Child Sexual Murderer; References; Chapter 6: The Child Sex Abuser; 6.1 Child Abuse as a Public Problem; 6.2 The Sex Offender Kind; 6.3 The Ambiguity of "Normal"; References; Chapter 7: The Mask of Objectivity: Digital Imaging and Psychopathy; 7.1 The Moral Monster Within; 7.2 DSM-IV-TR: A Floating Taxonomy; 7.2.1 SVPA Psychiatric Reports: The Forensic Context of the DSM-IV-TR; 7.3 Psychopathy: The Mask of Sanity
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.4 fMRI: Localizing the Monster7.5 The Monstrous Crime and the Monstrous Brain; 7.5.1 Maps, Atlases, and Distinguishing the Normal from the Abnormal; 7.6 Abnormal Brains; 7.6.1 Expert Testimony: The Mask of Objectivity; 7.6.2 Sex Offenders as Psychopaths; References; Chapter 8: Forensic Psychiatric Testimony: Ethical Issues; 8.1 A Prima Facie Moral Dilemma; 8.2 Ethics Subverted: The Shifting Terrain of Forensic Psychiatry; 8.3 Do Forensic Psychiatrists Possess a Body of Well-Grounded Knowledge?; 8.4 Are Forensic Psychiatrists Biased?
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.5 Why Even the Best Forensic Psychiatrists Are at Moral Risk8.6 The Basis for Moral Evaluation: Principles, Narratives, Social Context; 8.7 Stories and Narratives; 8.8 Monsters, Strangers, and Social Order: Forensic Psychiatrists as Moral Police; 8.9 The Monstrous Brain: Science or Science Fiction?; 8.10 What Is to Be Done?; 8.11 Moral Conversation: An Exercise in "Hot-Tubbing"; References; Chapter 9: Public Health Approach to Sexual Abuse; 9.1 Public Health and Sexual Violence Prevention; 9.2 Public Health Law: Brief Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 9.3 Biological and Personal Narratives: The Individual Level
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 143
    ISBN: 9789400754584
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 257 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Linguistics Philosophy ; Sign language ; Developmental psychology ; Law ; Law ; Linguistics Philosophy ; Sign language ; Developmental psychology
    Abstract: This book present a structure for understanding and exploring the semiotic character of law and law systems. Cultivating a deep understanding for the ways in which lawyers make meaning-the way in which they help make the world and are made, in turn by the world they create -can provide a basis for consciously engaging in the work of the law and in the production of meaning. The book first introduces the reader to the idea of semiotics in general and legal semiotics in particular, as well as to the major actors and shapers of the field, and to the heart of the matter: signs. The second part studies the development of the strains of thinking that together now define semiotics, with attention being paid to the pragmatics, psychology and language of legal semiotics. A third part examines the link between legal theory and semiotics, the practice of law, the critical legal studies movement in the USA, the semiotics of politics and structuralism. The last part of the book ties the different strands of legal semiotics together, and closely looks at semiotics in the lawyer’s toolkit-such as: text, name and meaning. ​
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Part I Face-to-Face with Legal Semiotics; Chapter 1 Semiotics: A Fresh Start for Law; Semiotics; Legal Semiotics; Semiotics and Communication; Roberta Kevelson; Jourdain's Bewilderment; Study Semiotics and Law; Chapter 2 Signs, and Signs in Law; What is a Sign?; Communication; Culture, Law and Medicine; Signs, Symptoms, Names; Signs Merge Law and Semiotics; Community; The Cf. Citation as a Sign; General Considerations; Part II Godfathers of Semiotics; Chapter 3 Peirce and Legal Semiotics; Peirce Elucidates Legal Language; Peirce's Philosophical Texts
    Description / Table of Contents: From Philosophy to Semiotics to LawReading Peirce; Why Lawyers Read Peirce; Peirce Foundational for Law; The General and the Particular; Chapter 4 Greimas, Law, Discourse and Interpretative Squares: The Precursor De Saussure; The Precursor: De Saussure; The Language Circuit in Operation; The Arbitrary Character of a Sign; Differences and Other Relations; Chapter 5 Greimas, Law, Discourse and InterpretativeSquares: An Author, his Squares and LegalDiscourse Analysis; Squares and Discourse Analysis; Law and Greimas Squares; Semiotic Constraints; The Structure of Semiotic Systems
    Description / Table of Contents: Series of SquaresA Legal Discourse Semiotically Analyzed; Law as a Text; Greimas and Peirce; Chapter 6 Lacan: The Semiotics of Law's Voices; The `délire à deux': a Challenge to Lawyers; An Appeal to Language; Narcissus' Ego and Me; Das Ich muß entwickelt werden; The Ethics of Signifying; Language - Identity - Reference; Master Signifiers, Master Discourses; Chapter 7 Those Three Godfathers, After All; Godfathers and the Law; Law's Order, Semiotic Path; Meaning Making; Part III Jurisprudence and Legal Semiotics; Chapter 8 Legal Theory and Semiotics: On The Origins of Legal Semiotics
    Description / Table of Contents: Semiotics and SignificsJacob Israel de Haan; Legal Significs; Language; Discourse Levels; Significs and Jurisprudence; Chapter 9 Legal Theory and Semiotics: Semiotics, Theory and Practice of Law; Semiotics and Legal Theory; Semiotics and Legal Interpretation; Two Legal Semiotic Traditions; Semiotics and Legal Practices; Faces in Legal Relations; Names; Faces Function Linguistically; Faces of Justice; Application, Analysis/Assemblage, Engineering; The Critical Approach; The CLS themes; Chapter 10 Legal Theory and Semiotics: The Legal Semiotics Critical Approach
    Description / Table of Contents: The Critical Approach and Semiotic PerspectivesPolitics and the Semiotic Approach; A Lawyer's Words and their Meaning; Chapter 11 Politics, Semiotics and Law: Self and State; Self and State, State and Self; Self and Harmony; Kant and the Semiotics of the Self; The Semiotics of the Magnus Homo I: Figures, Images; The Semiotics of the Magnus Homo II: Legal Language; The Semiotics of the State; Individual, State, and the Semiotics of Anarchy; Individual, State, and Personhood; Chapter 12 Politics, Semiotics and Law: Person and Thing; Persons and Things; Citizens United Unveiled
    Description / Table of Contents: Facts in/of Citizens United
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents -- Preface -- Part I Face-To-Face With Legal Semiotics -- 1.Semiotics: A Fresh  Start For Law -- 2.Signs, and Signs in Law -- Part II Godfathers of Semiotics -- 3. Peirce and Legal Semiotics -- 4. Greimas, Law, Discourse and Interpretative Squares -- 5.Lacan: The Semiotics of Law's Voices. - 6.Those Three Godfathers, After All -- Part III   Jurisprudence and Legal Semiotics -- 7. Legal Theory And Semiotics -- 8.  Politics, Semiotics and Law -- 9. Structuralism and Legal Semiotics -- Part IV   Doing and Saying Legal Semiotics -- 10. The Legal Semiotic Modus Operandi -- 11. Artificiality and Naturalness: The Tyche Deity -- 12. A Vocabulary -- 13.  A Bibliography -- 14. Name Index -- 15. Subject Index.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 144
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753488
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 454 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 20
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Exclusionary rules in comparative law
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Criminal Law ; Law ; Law ; Criminal Law ; œaExclusionary rule (Evidence)œvCongresses ; Strafverfahrensrecht ; Beweisverwertungsverbot ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Beweisaufnahme ; Illegalität ; Konferenzschrift 2010 ; Konferenzschrift ; Strafverfahrensrecht ; Beweisverwertungsverbot ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Strafverfahrensrecht ; Beweisverwertungsverbot ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Strafverfahrensrecht ; Beweisaufnahme ; Illegalität ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: This book is a comparative study of the exclusion of illegally gathered evidence in the criminal trial , which includes 15 country studies, a chapter on the European Court of Human Rights, and a comparative synthetic conclusion. No other book has undertaken such a broad comparative study of exclusionary rules, which have now become a world-wide phenomenon. The topic is one of the most controversial in criminal procedure law, because it reveals a constant tension between the criminal court’s duty to ascertain the truth, on the one hand, and its duty to uphold important constitutional rights on the other, most importantly, the privilege against self-incrimination and the right to privacy in one's home and one's private communications. The chapters were contributed by noted world experts on the subject for the XVIII Congress of the International Academy of Comparative Law in Washington in July 2010.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 145
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400761285
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 231 p. 17 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Social morphogenesis
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Konferenzschrift ; Sozialer Wandel
    Abstract: The rate of social change has speeded up in the last three decades, but how do we explain this? This volume ventures what the generative mechanism is that produces such rapid change and discusses how this differs from late Modernity. Contributors examine if an intensification of morphogenesis (positive feedback that results in a change in social form) and a corresponding reduction in morphostasis (negative feedback that restores or reproduces the form of the social order) best captures the process involved. This volume resists proclaiming a new social formation as so many books written by empiricists have done by extrapolating from empirical data. Until we can convincingly demonstrate that a new generative mechanism is at work, it is premature to argue what accounts for the global changes that are taking place and where they will lead. More concisely we seek to answer the question whether or not current social change can be regarded as social morphogenesis. Only then, in the next volumes will the same team of authors be able to remove the question mark
    Description / Table of Contents: Social Morphogenesis; Contents; 1 Social Morphogenesis and the Prospects of Morphogenic Society; 1.1…Part 1. Social Morphogenesis and Societal Transformation?; The Rapidity of Social Change and Empiricism's Shortcomings; Social Morphogenesis: From Toolkit to Theory; Three Levels of Social Morphogenesis; Transformations of the Third-Order; References; Part I Social Morphogenesis and Societal Transformation?; 2 Morphogenesis and Social Change; 2.1…The Morphogenetic Approach; 2.2…Social Change Understood Morphogenetically; 2.3…The Morphogenetic Approach Versus the Current Conflationisms
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4…Where Are We Now?References; 3 The Morphogenetic Approach and the Idea of a Morphogenetic Society: The Role of Regularities; 3.1…The Topic: Morphogenesis from Meta-Theory to Forms of Social Order; 3.2…Morphogenesis and Regularity: Making Friends with Old Enemies?; 3.3…Duration, Pace, Trajectory, Turning Points, Transitions, and Cycles: New Bricks for the Morphogenetic Fabric; 3.4…Conclusion; References; 4 Emergence and Morphogenesis: Causal Reduction and Downward Causation?; 4.1…Emergence; Causal Reduction and Downward Causation; 4.2…Causal Reduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 9 Network Analysis and Morphogenesis: A Neo-Structural Exploration and Illustration
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1. Introduction: Social Morphogenesis and the Prospects of Morphogenic Society; Margaret S. Archer -- PART I. SOCIAL CHANGE AS MORPHOGENESIS.- Chapter 2. Morphogenesis and Social Change; Douglas V. Porpora -- Chapter 3. The Morphogenetic Approach and the Idea  of Morphogenetic Society. The Role of Regularities; Andrea M. Maccarini -- Chapter 4. Emergence and Morphognesis: Causal Reduction and Downward Causation; Tony Lawson -- Chapter 5 Morphogenesis, Continuity and Change in the International Political System; Colin Wight -- PART II. SOCIAL FORMATIONS AND THEIR RE-FORMATION -- Chapter 6. Self-Organization: What is it, What isn't it and What's it Got to Do with Morphogenesis; Kate Forbes-Pitt -- Chapter 7. Self-Organization as the Mechanism of Development and Evolution in Social Systems; Wolfgang Hofkirchner -- Chapter 8. Morphogenetic Society: Self-Government and Self-Organization as Misleading Metaphors; Maragaret S. Archer.- PART III. SOCIAL NETWORKS: LINKAGES OR BONDS -- Chapter 9. Network Analysis and Morphogenesis: A Neo-Structural Exploration and Illustration; Emmanuel Lazega -- Chapter 10. Authority's Hidden Networks: Obligations, Roles and the Morphogenesis of Authority; Ismael Al-Amoudi -- Chapter 11. Morphogenesis and Social Networks: Relational Steering not Mechanical Feedback; Pierpaolo Donati.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 146
    ISBN: 9789400762657
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 71 p. 2 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Education
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Jones, Tiffany Understanding education policy
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Bildungspolitik
    Abstract: Analysis of education policy often follows a particular orientation, such as conservative or neo-liberal. Yet, readers are often left to wonder the true meaning and conceptual framing behind these orientations. Without this knowledge, the policy analysis lacks true rigor, its value is diminished as the results may prove difficult to reproduce. Understanding Education Policy provides an overarching framework of four key orientations that lie beneath much policy analysis, yet are rarely used with accuracy: conservative, liberal, critical and post-modern. It details each orientation's application to policy making, implementation and overall impact. The book also argues the value of analysing a policy’s orientation to improve the clarity of its analysis and allow broader trends across the education policy field to emerge.The book offers practical examples, key vocabulary and reflection activities which give equitable, yet critical consideration to all education orientations. This allows readers to see the benefits and disadvantages of each perspective and discover their own biases.This introduction to education policy analysis offers theoretically broad, highly practical coverage. It is adaptable to many kinds of policy analysis areas and will appeal to a wide range of readers with an interest in education policy, from students conducting specific research to policy makers looking for a deeper way to re-think their work
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. Perceptions of Policy -- 3. Policy Paradigms Frameworks: Gaps Within Research -- 4. The Four Orientations to Education Framework​.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 147
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400759282
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 216 p. 1 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Children’s Well-Being: Indicators and Research 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Australia's children's courts today and tomorrow
    RVK:
    Keywords: Public law ; Criminology ; Social work ; Psychic research ; Law ; Law ; Public law ; Criminology ; Social work ; Psychic research ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Australien ; Kinderkriminalität ; Jugendgerichtsbarkeit ; Australien ; Kinderkriminalität ; Jugendgerichtsbarkeit
    Abstract: The Children’s Court is one of society’s most important social institutions. At the same time, it is steeped in controversy. This is in large measure due to the persistence and complexity of the problems with which it deals, namely, juvenile crime and child abuse and neglect.Despite the importance of the Children’s Court as a means of holding young people accountable for their anti-social behaviour and parents for the care of their children, it has not been the subject of close study. Certainly it has not been previously studied nationally. This edited collection, is based on the findings of study that spanned the six States and two Territories of Australia. The study sought to examine the current challenges faced by the Children’s Court and to identify desirable and feasible directions for reform in each State and Territory. A further unique feature of this study is that it canvassed the views of judges and magistrates who preside over this court
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction - Allan Borowski and Rosemary Sheehan -- Part One: the mandate of the Children’s Court -- 2 The Children’s Court in the Australian Capital Territory - Peter Camilleri and Morag McArthur,- 3 The Children’s Court in New South Wales - Elizabeth Fernandez, Jane Bolitho and Dr Patricia Hansen -- 4 Youth Justice, Child Protection and the Role of the Youth Courts in the Northern Territory - Debora West and David Heath -- 5 The Children’s Court in Queensland - Claire Tilbury and Paul Mazerolle -- 6 The Children’s Court in South Australia - Paul Delfabbro and Andrew Day -- 7 The Children’s Court in Tasmania - Rob White and Max Travers and Michael McKinnon -- 8 The Children’s Court in Victoria - Allan Borowski and Rosemary Sheehan -- 9 Cultural Slippage, Resource Divide, Aboriginal Children and Multisystemic Reform - Mike Clare, Joe Clare, Brenda Clare, Caroline Spiranovic --  Part two: Australia in the international context -- 10 A Portrait of Australis's Children's Courts - Allan Borowski -- 11. Care and protection: Australia and the international context - Marie Connolly -- 12 Juvenile Justice: Australian Court responses situated in the international context - Judy Cashmore -- About the authors -- Index.
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 148
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400763470
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 170 p. 16 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Multilingual Education 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Borneo ; Englisch
    Abstract: This detailed survey of Brunei English reflects the burgeoning academic interest in the many new varieties of English which are fast evolving around the world. Wholly up to date, the study is based on careful analysis of a substantial dataset that provides real-life examples of usage to illustrate the narrative throughout. As well as a thorough account of the pronunciation, grammar, vocabulary usage, and discourse patterns of Brunei English, the volume explores its historical and educational background and current developmental trends, providing an in-depth review of the patterns of English usage within this multilingual, oil-rich society on the north-western coast of Borneo. Written in a non-technical style throughout that will assist non-specialists wishing to grasp the fundamentals of this unique brand of the English language, the work is a worthy addition to Springer’s series on multilingual education that plugs a gap in the coverage of the numerous varieties of English being used across South East Asia. “The authors bring renewed and badly needed attention to the long-overlooked development of Brunei English. Their examination of the variety not only documents the features and functions of English within Brunei society, it also suggests the development of regional or global varieties of English that extend beyond Brunei, and even beyond South East Asia.” Andrew Moody, University of Macau
    Description / Table of Contents: Conventions in the Transcriptions; Abbreviations; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Brief History; 1.2 Population; 1.3 Languages; 1.4 Brunei English or English in Brunei?; 1.5 Variation in Brunei English; 1.6 Data; 1.7 Spoken Data; 1.8 Written Data; 1.9 Overview; Chapter 2: Education in Brunei; 2.1 Traditional Education in Brunei; 2.2 Post-war Education; 2.3 The Bilingual Education Policy; 2.4 Bilingualism at UBD; 2.5 SPN21; 2.6 The Role of CfBT; 2.7 The Educational Divide; 2.8 Conclusion; Chapter 3: Pronunciation; 3.1 TH; 3.2 Consonant Cluster Reduction; 3.3 Added [t]; 3.4 Glottal Stop
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5 Devoicing3.6 Vocalised L; 3.7 Deleted L; 3.8 Rhoticity; 3.9 Vowels; 3.10 Long and Short Vowels; 3.11 face and trap; 3.12 face and goat; 3.13 Absence of Reduced Vowels; 3.14 Spelling Pronunciation; 3.15 Idiosyncratic Pronunciations; 3.16 Word Stress; 3.17 Compound Stress; 3.18 Rhythm; 3.19 Sentence Stress; 3.20 De-accenting; 3.21 Rising Pitch; 3.22 Conclusion; Chapter 4: Morphology and Syntax; 4.1 Plural Suffixes; 4.2 Logically Countable Items; 4.3 one of; 4.4 brother-in-laws; 4.5 piece; 4.6 Subject-Verb Agreement; 4.7 there's; 4.8 -s After Modal Verbs; 4.9 Intervening Nouns; 4.10 Tenses
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.11 will4.12 would; 4.13 do; 4.14 ever and Perfective; 4.15 Null Subjects; 4.16 Subject-Auxiliary Inversion; 4.17 Determiners; 4.18 Names of Countries; 4.19 Affirmative Answers to Negative Questions; 4.20 Adj to V/Adj V-ing; 4.21 Prepositions; 4.22 Conclusion; Chapter 5: Discourse; 5.1 Discourse Particles; 5.2 yeah; 5.3 sort of/kind of; 5.4 tsk; 5.5 Topic Fronting; 5.6 -wise; 5.7 compared to; 5.8 Reduplication; 5.9 Repetition of Lexical Terms; 5.10 Lexical Doublets; 5.11 Tautology; 5.12 and so forth; 5.13 Overdoing Explicitness; 5.14 whereby; 5.15 Sentence Length; 5.16 Run-on Sentences
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.17 ConclusionChapter 6: Lexis; 6.1 Borrowings; 6.2 Religious Terms; 6.3 Royalty; 6.4 Food; 6.5 Clothing; 6.6 Other Cultural Items; 6.7 three or five; 6.8 Calques; 6.9 Acronyms; 6.10 Initialisms; 6.11 Clippings and Blends; 6.12 Shifts in Meaning; 6.13 Shifted Connotation; 6.14 Sports Personnel; 6.15 Other Lexical Items; 6.16 Conclusion; Chapter 7: Mixing; 7.1 BruDirect: Have Your Say (HYS); 7.2 Alternating Languages (AL); 7.3 Inability to Think of a Word; 7.4 Explaining Something; 7.5 Religious Terms; 7.6 Food; 7.7 Direct Quotations; 7.8 Stylistic Reasons; 7.9 Attitudes Towards Mixing
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.10 ConclusionChapter 8: Brunei English in the World; 8.1 The Status of Brunei English; 8.2 Global Englishes; 8.3 Intelligibility; 8.4 Pedagogical Implications; 8.5 Brunei English and the Future; Appendices; Appendix A: The Female UBDCSBE Speakers; Appendix B: The Male UBDCSBE Speakers; Appendix C: The Wolf Passage; The Boy Who Cried Wolf; Appendix D: Transcripts of the Interview with Umi; Umi-a; Umi-b; Umi-c; Appendix E: The BruDirect Data; References; Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 149
    ISBN: 9789400763142
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 202 p. 2 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 25
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Human law and computer law
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy of law ; Computers Law and legislation ; Humanities ; Law ; Law ; Philosophy of law ; Computers Law and legislation ; Humanities ; Datenverarbeitung ; Internet ; Recht ; Datenverarbeitung ; Internet ; Recht
    Abstract: The focus of this book is on the epistemological and hermeneutic implications of data science and artificial intelligence for democracy and the Rule of Law. How do the normative effects of automated decision systems or the interventions of robotic fellow ‘beings’ compare to the legal effect of written and unwritten law? To investigate these questions the book brings together two disciplinary perspectives rarely combined within the framework of one volume. One starts from the perspective of ‘code and law’ and the other develops from the domain of ‘law and literature’. Integrating original analyses of relevant novels or films, the authors discuss how computational technologies challenge traditional forms of legal thought and affect the regulation of human behavior. Thus, pertinent questions are raised about the theoretical assumptions underlying both scientific and legal practice.
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 0: Prefatory Remarks on Human Law and Computer Law; 0.1 Comparative Law; 0.2 Computer Law?; 0.3 Comparing Human Law and Computer Law; 0.4 Human Language and Computer Language: Law, Code and Literature; References; Part I: Law and Code; Chapter 1: Prefatory Remarks on Part I: Law and Code; 1.1 Law and Language; 1.2 Language and Computer Code; 1.3 Law as Code: Two Strands of Research; 1.3.1 Artificial Intelligence and Legal Subjectivity; 1.3.2 Legal and Technological Normativity; References; Chapter 2: From Galatea 2.2 to Watson - And Back?
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Introduction 12.1.1 Mythical Beginnings; 2.1.2 Beyond Snow's Two Cultures; 2.2 Eliza and the Turing Test: A Human Machine?; 2.3 IBM's Heros: Deep Blue and Watson; 2.3.1 Deep Blue; 2.3.2 Watson; 2.4 Searle's Chinese Room Argument: Syntax and Meaning; 2.5 Back to 'My Fair Lady'; 2.6 The Legal Status of Smart Contraptions: Tools, Rivals or Companions?; 2.6.1 Embodiment, Emotion and Cognition; 2.6.2 Legal Implications of Smart Agents; 2.6.2.1 Artificial Legal Subjects: The Agency of Corporations; 2.6.2.2 Artificial Legal Subjects: The Agency of Other 'Intelligent Machines'
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.7 Concluding RemarksReferences; Chapter 3: What Robots Want: Autonomous Machines, Codes and New Frontiers of Legal Responsibility; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The No New Responsibility Thesis; 3.3 The New Weak Responsibility Thesis; 3.3.1 New Crimes, New Punishments; 3.3.2 New Agents, New Contracts; 3.4 The New Strong Responsibility Thesis; 3.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Abort, Retry, Fail: Scoping Techno-Regulation and Other Techno-Effects; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 What Is Techno-Regulation?; 4.3 The Limits of the Debate on Techno-Regulation
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4 Beyond the Limits of Techno-Regulation, Part 1: Persuasion, Nudging and Affordances4.5 Beyond the Limits of Techno-Regulation, Part 2: Unintentional and Implicit Influences of Technology; 4.6 The Full Scope of Techno-Effects; 4.7 Abort, Retry, Fail. Or: Liberating the Boxed-in Concept of Techno-Regulation; References; Chapter 5: A Bump in the Road. Ruling Out Law from Technology; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Law Is Dead, Long Live Techno-Regulation?; 5.3 Incorporeal Rules or Brute Matter? Two Inescapable Truisms; 5.4 The Practice of Law and the Price of the Practice Turn; 5.5 The Medium of Law
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.6 Hart - The Concept of Law5.6.1 A Practice Theory of Rules; 5.6.2 Demarcating Law as a Practice: Law as a System of Rules; 5.7 Latour - The Passage of Law; 5.7.1 How to Study Law as a Practice? An Ethnography of the Council of State; 5.7.2 Demarcating Law as a Practice: Law as a Regime of Reattachment; 5.7.2.1 The Transfer of Value Objects; 5.7.2.2 Acts of Attachment; 5.7.2.3 Clef de Lecture; 5.8 Beyond Incorporeal Rules and Material Media?; 5.8.1 Institution - Regime of Enunciation; 5.8.2 The Legal Trajectory of Enunciation; 5.9 Law and Technology; 5.9.1 A Bump in the Road
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.9.2 Law as Tracing Through Reattachments
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 150
    ISBN: 9789400764767
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIV, 241 p. 50 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Multilingual Education 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Parallel Title: Online-Ausg. Language alternation, language choice and language encounter in international tertiary education
    RVK:
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Hochschule ; Sprachkontakt
    Abstract: Reflecting the increased use of English as lingua franca in today’s university education, this volume maps the interplay and competition between English and other tongues in a learning community that in practice is not only bilingual but multilingual. The volume includes case studies from Japan, Australia, South Africa, Germany, Catalonia, China, Denmark and Sweden, analysing a range of issues such as the conflict between the students’ native languages and English, the reality of parallel teaching in English as well as in the local language, and classrooms that are nominally English-speaking but multilingual in practice. The book assesses the factors common to successful bilingual learners, and provides university administrators, policy makers and teachers around the world with a much-needed commentary on the challenges they face in increasingly multilingual surroundings characterized by a heterogeneous student population. Patterns of language alternation and choice have become increasingly important to the development of an understanding of the internationalisation of higher education that is occurring world-wide. This volume draws on the extensive and varied literature related to the sociolinguistics of globalisation - linguistic ethnography, discourse analysis, language teaching, language and identity, and language planning - as the theoretical bases for the description of the nature of these emerging multilingual communities that are increasingly found in international education. It uses observational data from eleven studies that take into account the macro (societal), meso (university) and micro (participant) levels of language interaction to explicate the range of language encounters - highlighting both successful and problematic interactions and their related language ideologies. Although English is the common lingua franca, the studies in the volume highlight the importance of the multilingual resources available to participants in higher educational institutions that are used to negotiate and solve their language problems. The volume brings to our attention a range of important insights into language issues found in the internationalisation of higher education, and provides a resource for those wishing to understand or do research on how language hybridity and multilingual communicative practices are evolving there. Richard B. Baldauf Jr., Professor, The University of Queensland
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Notes on Contributors; Hybridity and Complexity: Language Choice and Language Ideologies; References; Part I: The Local Language as a Resource in Social, Administrative and Learning Interactions; Kitchen Talk - Exploring Linguistic Practices in Liminal Institutional Interactions in a Multilingual University Setting; 1 Introduction; 2 Data and Method; 3 Analysis; Changing Engagement Frameworks and Language Choice; Language Consistency; Language Alternation; Negotiating Language Choice and Social Identity; Enforcing English as the Norm; Language and Identity: Playing with Stereotypes
    Description / Table of Contents: Identity Potential and Potential Problems with Using the Local LanguageLanguage/Medium Alternation as Proficiency Practice; 4 Discussion; Appendix: Transcription Conventions; References; Japanese and English as Lingua Francas: Language Choices for International Students in Contemporary Japan; 1 Introduction; 2 The Current Study; Participants; Methods of Data Collection and Analysis; 3 Data Analysis; Insertive Use of English as a LF; Example 1; Example 2; Example 3; Preference for English as LF; Example 4; Example 5; Example 6; Example 7; Example 8; Persistent Use of Japanese as the LF
    Description / Table of Contents: Example 94 Beyond a Matter of LF Selection: Styling in Lingua Franca Talk; Example 10; Example 11; 5 Conclusion; References; Plurilingual Resources in Lingua Franca Talk: An Interactionist Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 Lingua Franca Talk and Interactional Accomplishment; The Accomplishment of Lingua Franca Talk; Choosing a Lingua Franca; Fragment 1; Fragment 2; Fragment 3; Assessments of Competence; Fragment 4; Lingua Franca and the Accomplishment of Interaction; Fragment 5; 3 Plurilingual Resources in ELF Talk; Fragment 6
    Description / Table of Contents: Code-Switching in Lingua Franca Interactions and the Accomplishment of Socio-institutional GoalsFragment 7; Code-Switching in Lingua Franca and the Accomplishment of Teaching/Learning Goals; Fragment 8; Fragment 9; 4 Conclusions; References; Language Choice and Linguistic Variation in Classes Nominally Taught in English; 1 Introduction; 2 The Example of Sweden; 3 Earlier Studies and Theoretical Views; 4 A Study of Language Choice; 5 Patterns of Language Choice; A Multilingual Milieu?; The Functions of Other Languages; Example 1; Example 2; Attitudes to Languages and Language Choice
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 Characteristics of the MilieuNorms for Language Choice, What Are They Like?; International or National Context?; 7 Conclusion; References; Active Biliteracy? Students Taking Decisions About Using Languages for Academic Purposes; 1 Introduction: Moving from One Academic Language to Another; 2 The Design of the Study; 3 The Research Participants; Victor; Language Background; Language Challenges; John; Language Background; Perceived Language Challenges; Karin; Language Background; Perceived Language Problems; Francois and Yolande; Language Background; Perceived Language Problems
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Learning in a New Language
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 151
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400765344
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 393 p. 74 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 30
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Logic, Symbolic and mathematical
    Abstract: Written by experts in the field, this volume presents a comprehensive investigation into the relationship between argumentation theory and the philosophy of mathematical practice. Argumentation theory studies reasoning and argument, and especially those aspects not addressed, or not addressed well, by formal deduction. The philosophy of mathematical practice diverges from mainstream philosophy of mathematics in the emphasis it places on what the majority of working mathematicians actually do, rather than on mathematical foundations. The book begins by first challenging the assumption that there is no role for informal logic in mathematics. Next, it details the usefulness of argumentation theory in the understanding of mathematical practice, offering an impressively diverse set of examples, covering the history of mathematics, mathematics education and, perhaps surprisingly, formal proof verification. From there, the book demonstrates that mathematics also offers a valuable testbed for argumentation theory. Coverage concludes by defending attention to mathematical argumentation as the basis for new perspectives on the philosophy of mathematics.
    Description / Table of Contents: IntroductionPart I. What are Mathematical Arguments? -- Chapter 1. Non-Deductive Logic in Mathematics: The Probability of Conjectures; James Franklin -- Chapter 2. Arguments, Proofs, and Dialogues; Erik C. W. Krabbe -- Chapter 3. Argumentation in Mathematics; Jesús Alcolea Banegas -- Chapter 4. Arguing Around Mathematical Proofs; Michel Dufour -- Part II. Argumentation as a Methodology for Studying Mathematical Practice -- Chapter 5. An Argumentative Approach to Ideal Elements in Mathematics; Paola Cantù -- Chapter 6. How Persuaded Are You? A Typology of Responses; Matthew Inglis and Juan Pablo Mejía-Ramos -- Chapter 7. Revealing Structures of Argumentations in Classroom Proving Processes; Christine Knipping and David Reid -- Chapter 8. Checking Proofs; Jesse Alama and Reinhard Kahle -- Part III. Mathematics as a Testbed for Argumentation Theory -- Chapter 9. Dividing by Zero-and Other Mathematical Fallacies; Lawrence H. Powers -- Chapter 10. Strategic Maneuvering in Mathematical Proofs; Erik C. W. Krabbe -- Chapter. 11 Analogical Arguments in Mathematics; Paul Bartha -- Chapter 12. What Philosophy of Mathematical Practice Can Teach Argumentation Theory about Diagrams and Pictures; Brendan Larvor -- Part IV. An Argumentational Turn in the Philosophy of Mathematics -- Chapter 13. Mathematics as the Art of Abstraction; Richard L. Epstein -- Chapter 14. Towards a Theory of Mathematical Argument; Ian J. Dove -- Chapter 15. Bridging the Gap Between Argumentation Theory and the Philosophy of Mathematics; Alison Pease, Alan Smaill, Simon Colton and John Lee -- Chapter 16. Mathematical Arguments and Distributed Knowledge; Patrick Allo, Jean Paul Van Bendegem and Bart Van Kerkhove -- Chapter 17. The Parallel Structure of Mathematical Reasoning; Andrew Aberdein -- Index.
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 152
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753570 , 1283936097 , 9781283936095
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 215 p. 23 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 362
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Bayesian argumentation
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Computer simulation ; Applied linguistics ; Social sciences Methodology ; Applied psychology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Genetic epistemology ; Computer simulation ; Applied linguistics ; Social sciences Methodology ; Applied psychology ; Reasoning (Psychology) ; Congresses ; Logic ; Congresses ; Thought and thinking ; Congresses ; Probabilities ; Congresses ; Bayesian statistical decision theory ; Congresses ; Konferenzschrift ; Argumentationstheorie ; Bayes-Entscheidungstheorie
    Abstract: Relevant to, and drawing from, a range of disciplines, the chapters in this collection show the diversity, and applicability, of research in Bayesian argumentation. Together, they form a challenge to philosophers versed in both the use and criticism of Bayesian models who have largely overlooked their potential in argumentation. Selected from contributions to a multidisciplinary workshop on the topic held in Lund, Sweden, in autumn 2010, the authors count legal scholars and cognitive scientists among their number, in addition to philosophers. They analyze material that includes real-life court cases, experimental research results, and the insights gained from computer models.The volume provides a formal measure of subjective argument strength and argument force, robust enough to allow advocates of opposing sides of an argument to agree on the relative strengths of their supporting reasoning. With papers from leading figures such as Mike Oaksford and Ulrike Hahn, the book comprises recent research conducted at the frontiers of Bayesian argumentation and provides a multitude of examples in which these formal tools can be applied to informal argument. It signals new and impending developments in philosophy, which has seen Bayesian models deployed in formal epistemology and philosophy of science, but has yet to explore the full potential of Bayesian models as a framework in argumentation. In doing so, this revealing anthology looks destined to become a standard teaching text in years to come.
    Description / Table of Contents: Bayesian Argumentation; Foreword; Contents; Bayesian Argumentation: The Practical Side of Probability; 1 Introduction; 2 The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation; 3 Chapter Overview; 3.1 The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation; 3.2 The Legal Domain; 3.3 Modeling Rational Agents; 3.4 Theoretical Issues; References; Part I: The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation; Testimony and Argument: A Bayesian Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 Testimony, Argumentation and the `Third Way´; 3 Some Problems for MAXMIN; 4 A Bayesian Perspective; 5 Message Content and Message Source: Exploring Norms and Intuitions
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 Rehousing Argumentation Schemes Within a Bayesian Framework7 Concluding Remarks; References; Why Are We Convinced by the Ad Hominem Argument?: Bayesian Source Reliability and Pragma-Dialectical Discussion Rules; 1 Types of the Argumentum Ad Hominem; 2 The Pragma-Dialectical Approach; 3 The Bayesian Approach; 4 An Experiment on the Argument Ad Hominem; 5 Method; 6 Results and Discussion; 7 Conclusion; Appendix: Experimental Materials; Abusive; Circumstantial; Tu Quoque; Control; References; 1 Introduction; 2 Survey of Relevant Uncertainties; Part II: The Legal Domain
    Description / Table of Contents: A Survey of Uncertainties and Their Consequences in Probabilistic Legal Argumentation2.1 The Example Case; 2.2 Factual Uncertainty; 2.3 Normative Uncertainty; 2.4 Moral Uncertainty; 2.5 Empirical Uncertainty; 2.6 Interdependencies; 3 Desirable Attributes for a Probabilistic Argument Model to Assist Litigation Planning; 3.1 Assessment of Utilities; 3.2 Easy Knowledge Engineering; 3.3 Conflict Resolution and Argument Weights; 4 Sample Assessment of Graphical Models; 4.1 A Graphical Structure of the Analysis; 4.2 Casting the Example into a Graphical Model; 4.3 Generic Bayesian Networks
    Description / Table of Contents: 5 Carneades5.1 A Brief Introduction to the Carneades Model; 5.2 Carneades Bayesian Networks; 5.3 Carneades Bayesian Networks with Probabilistic Assumptions; 5.4 Introduction to Argument Weights; 6 Extension of Carneades to Support Probabilistic Argument Weights; 7 Desiderata for Future Developments; 7.1 Weights Subject to Argumentation; 7.2 Inform Weights from Values; 8 Conclusions and Future Work; References; Was It Wrong to Use Statistics in R v Clark? A Case Study of the Use of Statistical Evidence in Criminal Courts; 1 Introduction; 2 Factual Background; 3 Existing Explanations
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 The Flaws in Meadow´s Calculation3.2 The Psychological Effect of the Statistical Evidence; 3.3 The Prosecutor´s Fallacy; 3.4 Bayes´ Theorem; 3.5 The Insignificance of the SIDS Statistics; 4 The Contrastive Explanation; 5 Conclusion; References; Part III: Modeling Rational Agents; A Bayesian Simulation Model of Group Deliberation and Polarization; 1 Introduction; 2 The Laputa Simulation Framework; 3 The Underlying Bayesian Model; 4 Interpreting Laputa; 5 Do Bayesian Inquirers Polarize?; 6 Conclusion and Discussion; Appendix; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Degrees of Justification, Bayes´ Rule, and Rationality
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction: Frank Zenker.​- Part 1 -- The Bayesian Approach to Argumentation -- Chapter 1. Testimony and Argument: A Bayesian Perspective: Ulrike Hahn, Mike Oaksford and Adam J.L. Harris -- Chapter 2. Why are we convinced by the Ad Hominem Argument?: Source Reliability or Pragma-Dialectics: Mike Oaksford and Ulrike Hahn.- Part 2. The Legal Domain.-Chapter 3. A survey of uncertainties and their consequences in Probabilistic Legal Argumentation: Matthias Grabmair and Kevin D. Ashley -- Chapter 4. What went wrong in the case of Sally Clark? A case-study of the use of Statistical Evidence in Court: Amid Pundik -- Part 3. Modeling Rational Agents -- Chapter 5. A Bayesian Simulation Model of Group Deliberation: Erik J. Olsson -- Chapter 6. Degrees of Justification, Bayes' Rule, and Rationality: Gregor Betz -- Chapter 7. Argumentation with (Bounded) Rational Agents: Robert van Rooij and Kris de Jaeghery -- Part 4. Theoretical Issues -- Chapter 8. Reductio, Coherence, and the Myth of Epistemic Circularity: Tomoji Shogenji -- Chapter 9. On Argument Strength: Niki Pfeiffer -- Chapter 10 -- Upping the Stakes and the Preface Paradox: Jonny Blamey -- References.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 153
    ISBN: 9781299702011 , 9789400762688
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 190 S. 36) , Ill.
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Sustainable development ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Sustainable development ; Human Geography
    Abstract: We all view the ubiquitous term ‘sustainability’ as a worthwhile goal. But how can we apply the principles of sustainability in the real world, at the sharp end of communities in developing nations where income insecurity is the troubled norm? This volume provides some practical answers, explaining the precepts of the ‘sustainable livelihood approach’ (SLA) through the case study of a microfinance scheme in Africa. The case study, centered around the work of the Catholic Church’s Diocesan Development Services organization, involved an SLA implemented over two years designed in part to help enhance its existing microfinance operation through closer links between local communities and international donors. The book’s central conclusion is that we must move beyond the concept of sustainable livelihood itself, with its in-built polarities between developed and developing nations, and embrace a more global notion of ‘sustainable lifestyle’; a more nuanced and inclusive approach that encompasses not just how we make a sustainable living, but how we can live sustainable lives
    Description / Table of Contents: Sustainable Livelihood Approach; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Abbreviations; 1 Sustainability and Sustainable Livelihoods; 1.1 The Future of Sustainability; 1.2 The Multiverse of Sustainability; 1.3 Practicing Sustainability; 1.4 Structure of the Book; 2 The Theory Behind the Sustainable Livelihood Approach; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 The SLA Framework; 2.3 Definitions of SLA; 2.4 Origins of SLA; 2.5 Capital in SLA; 2.6 Vulnerability and Institutional Context; 2.7 Representation Within SLA; 2.8 The Attractions and Popularity of SLA; 2.9 Critiques of SLA
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.10 SLA for Evidence-Based Intervention2.11 Conclusion; 3 Context of the Sustainable Livelihood Approach; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Governing an African Giant; 3.3 Economic Development in Nigeria; 3.4 A Kingdom Discovered; 3.5 Igala Livelihoods; An Overview; 3.6 The Diocesan Development Services in Igalaland; 3.7 New Pastures; 3.8 Choice of Villages for the SLA; 3.9 Conclusions; 4 The Sustainable Livelihood Approach in Practice; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Sample Households; 4.3 Human Capital: The Households; 4.3.1 Household M1 (Headed by the Village Chief)
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3.2 Household M2 (Headed by a Senior Igbo)4.3.3 Household M3(Igbo Community Leader); 4.3.4 Household M4 (farmer and business man); 4.3.5 Household E1 (Farmer and Vigilante); 4.3.6 Household E2(Madaki of Edeke); 4.3.7 Household E3 (Farmer and Fisherman); 4.3.8 Household E4 (Madaki in Edeke); 4.4 Natural Capital: Land and Farming; 4.5 Natural Capital: Trees; 4.6 Social Capital: Networks; 4.7 Physical Capital: Assets for Income Generation; 4.8 Financial Capital: Household Budgets; 4.9 Vulnerability and Institutional Contexts; 4.10 Did SLA Succeed?; 4.11 Conclusions; 5 Livelihood into Lifestyle
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1 Introduction5.2 How SLA?; 5.3 Where SLA?; 5.4 Transferability of SLA; 5.5 Livelihood into Lifestyle; 5.6 Conclusions; References; Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 154
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400754010
    Language: French
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 382 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H.L. van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 209
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Perreau, Laurent, 1976 - Le monde social selon Husserl
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Social sciences Philosophy ; Husserl, Edmund 1859-1938 ; Philosophie ; Husserl, Edmund 1859-1938 ; Phänomenologie ; Sozialphilosophie
    Abstract: Cette étude est consacrée à l'examen de la théorie du monde social qui se découvre dans la phénoménologie d’Edmund Husserl : est-elle à même de dire les phénomènes sociaux, sur quel mode et avec quels résultats ?Dans un premier moment, nous reconstituons le propos des deux « ontologies sociales » qui pensent le monde social en son essence et en ses essences : d’une part, l'ontologie de la région « monde social », subordonnée à la région de l'« esprit » et élaborée à partir d'une phénoménologie de la communication ; d’autre part, l'ontologie morphologique et eidétique des formes essentielles de communautés sociales. Dans un second moment, nous suivons l'élaboration d'une « sociologie transcendantale » qui reconsidère le rapport de la subjectivité transcendantale au monde social. Nous montrons comment les développements de la théorie de la personne dans la perspective de la phénoménologie génétique, qui semblent nous détourner de la considération de sa socialité, précisent en réalité le rapport du sujet personnel au monde social sous l'angle de sa « mienneté », de l'habitualité et de la familiarité d'une part, et dans la perspective d'une éthique sociale d'autre part. On établit enfin comment, autour de la Krisis, la théorie du monde de la vie fournit le cadre théorique d'une « sociologie transcendantale » qui se développe, sur le fond d'une anthropologie du monde commun, comme théorie de la générativité. De l'ontologie sociale à la sociologie transcendantale, cette recherche est conçue comme une investigation des ressources et des difficultés de la voie d'accès à la réduction transcendantale par l'ontologie, relativement à la question du « social ».Remarquable enquête menée sur l'expérience sociale du sujet, la phénoménologie husserlienne du monde social est susceptible d’intéresser le sociologue tout autant que le philosophe qui s’interroge sur la nature du « social » en général
    Description / Table of Contents: Le Monde Social Selon Husserl; Remerciements; Table des Matières; Abréviations; Remarques générales; Abréviations retenues pour les références aux œuvres de Husserl; Chapitre 1: Introduction générale : comment dire les phénomènes sociaux?; 1.1 L'idée d'une phénoménologie du monde social; 1.2 Vers une «sociologie transcendantale»; 1.3 Les préventions à l'égard de la phénoménologie husserlienne du monde social; 1.3.1 Les limites d'une philosophie du sujet; 1.3.2 Les prestiges de l'alter ego; 1.3.3 La supposée inconsistance du propos husserlien sur le monde social
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.2 Le rapport à la personne autre comme foyer expressif3.3 La communication effective; 3.3.1 La prise de «contact» ( Berührung); 3.3.2 L'échange réciproque; 3.3.3 Le rapport Je-Tu et la synthèse de recouvrement; 3.3.4 La formation du «consensus» ( Einverständnis); Chapitre 4: La région ontologique «monde social»; 4.1 La pulsion sociale; 4.1.1 La pulsion sociale comme pulsion socialisée (pulsion sexuelle et pulsion maternelle); 4.1.2 La pulsion sociale comme puissance de socialisation; 4.1.3 La pulsion sociale comme tendance primaire à la communautisation
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 La théorie des «actes sociaux» : du monde de la communication ( kommunikative Welt) à la communauté de volonté ( Willensgemeinschaft)4.3 Les «personnalités d'ordre supérieur»; 4.3.1 Sur le sens de l'expression «d'ordre supérieur» (höhere Ordnung); 4.3.2 La dimension «personnelle» de la communauté sociale; 4.3.3 L'unité normative des «personnalités d'ordre supérieur»; 4.3.4 La distinction phénoménologique des «personnalités d'ordre supérieur»; Deuxième partie: les formes essentielles du monde social; Chapitre 5: Vers une morpho-typique eidétique du monde social
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1 Du projet général d'une élucidation des particularités conceptuelles des sciences sociales à l'idée d'une morphologie eidétique du monde social
    Description / Table of Contents:  REMERCIEMENTS -- TABLE DES MATIÈRES -- ABRÉVIATIONS -- Abréviations retenues pour les références aux œuvres de Husserl -- Introduction : dire les phénomènes sociaux -- PREMIERE PARTIE : ONTOLOGIES DU MONDE SOCIAL -- Introduction -- SECTION I : La région « monde social » -- Chapitre I : De l’esprit au monde social.- Chapitre II. La communication comme forme élémentaire de la vie sociale.- Chapitre III. La région ontologique « monde social » -- SECTION II : Les formes essentielles du monde social -- Chapitre IV : Vers une morpho-typique éïdétique du monde social.- Chapitre V : De quelques formes essentielles du monde social.- SECONDE PARTIE : VERS UNE « SOCIOLOGIE TRANSCENDANTALE » -- SECTION III : Sujet personnel et monde social. Problémes et difficultés d’une définition transcendantale de la personne -- Chapitre VI : Problèmes et difficultés d’une théorie de la personne dans les Ideen II.- Chapitre VII. La genèse passive de la personne : l’appropriation habituelle, typique et familière du monde environnant.- Chapitre VIII. La genèse active de la personne.- Conclusion de la section III  -- Section IV : DU MONDE DE LA VIE AU MONDE SOCIAL -- Introduction : De la question de la genèse personnelle de soi aux problèmes de la prédonation de l’expérience sociale -- Chapitre IX : De la théorie du monde de la vie à la théorie du monde social.-Chapitre X : Le monde de la vie comme monde commun : le fondement anthropologique de la sociologie transcendantale.- Chapitre XI : La theorie de la générativité comme theorie de la relativisation socio-historique de l’expérience communautaire.- Conclusion -- Bibliographie -- Index Nominum.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 155
    ISBN: 9789400757219
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 258 p. 135 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Archimedes, New Studies in the History and Philosophy of Science and Technology 31
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Meskens, Ad, 1962 - Practical mathematics in a commercial metropolis
    RVK:
    Keywords: Science History ; Architecture ; Science, general ; Science History ; Architecture ; Coignet, Michel, 1549-1623 ; Heyns, Peeter, 1537-1598 ; Mathematics ; Belgium ; Antwerp ; History ; 16th century ; Angewandte Mathematik ; Geschichte
    Abstract: Describes the development and the ultimate demise of the practice of mathematics in sixteenth century Antwerp. Against the background of the violent history of the Religious Wars the story of the practice of mathematics in Antwerp is told through the lives of two protagonists Michiel Coignet and Peeter Heyns. The book touches on all aspects of practical mathematics from teaching and instrument making to the practice of building fortifications of the practice of navigation.?
    Abstract: This volumedescribes the development and the ultimate demise of the practice of mathematics in sixteenth century Antwerp. Against the background of the violent history of the Religious Wars the story of the practice of mathematics in Antwerp is told through the lives of two protagonists Michiel Coignet and Peeter Heyns. The book touches on all aspects of practical mathematics from teaching and instrument making to the practice of building fortifications of the practice of navigation.​
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Preface -- 2 Introduction -- 3 The Family Coignet -- 4 Peeter Heyns and the Nymphs of the Laurel Tree -- 5 The Arithmetic Teacher and his School -- 6 The Antwerp arithmetic books -- 7 Winegauging -- 8 Instrumentmakers -- 9 The Art of Navigation -- 10 Mapping the World -- 11 Looking towards the Stars -- 12 Ballistics and fortifications -- 13 Conclusion -- Appendices -- Index.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 156
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400760912
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 389 p. 35 illus, online resource)
    Series Statement: Logic, Argumentation & Reasoning, Interdisciplinary Perspectives from the Humanities and Social Sciences 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Cellucci, Carlo, 1940 - Rethinking logic
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logic ; Computer science ; Computer science ; Logic ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Logik ; Interdisziplinäre Forschung
    Abstract: This volume examines the limitations of mathematical logic and proposes a new approach to logic intended to overcome them. To this end, the book compares mathematical logic with earlier views of logic, both in the ancient and in the modern age, including those of Plato, Aristotle, Bacon, Descartes, Leibniz, and Kant. From the comparison it is apparent that a basic limitation of mathematical logic is that it narrows down the scope of logic confining it to the study of deduction, without providing tools for discovering anything new. As a result, mathematical logic has had little impact on scientific practice. Therefore, this volume proposes a view of logic according to which logic is intended, first of all, to provide rules of discovery, that is, non-deductive rules for finding hypotheses to solve problems. This is essential if logic is to play any relevant role in mathematics, science and even philosophy. To comply with this view of logic, this volume formulates several rules of discovery, such as induction, analogy, generalization, specialization, metaphor, metonymy, definition, and diagrams. A logic based on such rules is basically a logic of discovery, and involves a new view of the relation of logic to evolution, language, reason, method and knowledge, particularly mathematical knowledge. It also involves a new view of the relation of philosophy to knowledge. This book puts forward such new views, trying to open again many doors that the founding fathers of mathematical logic had closed historically
    Description / Table of Contents: PrefaceChapter 1. Introduction -- Part I. Ancient Perspectives -- Chapter 2. The Origin of Logic -- Chapter 3. Ancient Logic and Science -- Chapter 4. The Analytic Method -- Chapter 5. The Analytic-Synthetic Method -- Chapter 6. Aristotle's Logic: The Deductivist View -- Chapter 7. Aristotle's Logic: The Heuristic View -- Part II. Modern Perspectives -- Chapter 8. The Method of Modern Science -- Chapter 9. The Quest for a Logic of Discovery -- Chapter 10. Frege's Approach to Logic -- Chapter 11. Gentzen's Approach to Logic -- Chapter 12. The Limitations of Mathematical Logic -- Chapter 13. Logic, Method, and the Psychology of Discovery -- Part III: An Alternative Perspective -- Chapter 14. Reason and Knowledge -- Chapter 15. Reason, Knowledge and Emotion -- Chapter 16. Logic, Evolution, Language and Reason -- Chapter 17. Logic, Method and Knowledge -- Chapter 18. Classifying and Justifying Inference Rules -- Chapter 19. Philosophy and Knowledge -- Part IV: Rules of Discovery -- Chapter 20. Induction and Analogy -- Chapter 21. Other Rules of Discovery -- Chapter 22. Conclusion -- References -- Name Index -- Subject Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographies and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 157
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400749818
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 89 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Philosophy
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Transgenic organisms ; Life sciences ; Social sciences Methodology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Transgenic organisms ; Life sciences ; Social sciences Methodology ; Transhumanismus ; Gesellschaft
    Abstract: This book provides an introductory overview to the social debate over enhancement technologies with an overview of the transhumanists' call to bypass human nature and conservationists' argument in defense of it. The author present this controversy as it unfolds in the contest between transhumanists proponents and conservationists, who push back with an argument to conserve human nature and to ban enhancement technologies. This book provides an overview of the key contested points and present the debate in an orderly, constructive fashion. Readers are informed about the discussion over humanism, the tension between science and religion, and the interpretation of socio-technological revolutions; and are invited to make up their own mind about one of the most challenging topics concerning the social and ethical implications of technological advancements
    Abstract: This book provides an introductory overview to the social debate over enhancement technologies with an overview of the transhumanists' call to bypass human nature and conservationists' argument in defense of it. The author present this controversy as it unfolds in the contest between transhumanists proponents and conservationists, who push back with an argument to conserve human nature and to ban enhancement technologies. This book provides an overview of the key contested points and present the debate in an orderly, constructive fashion. Readers are informed about the discussion over humanism, the tension between science and religion, and the interpretation of socio-technological revolutions; and are invited to make up their own mind about one of the most challenging topics concerning the social and ethical implications of technological advancements.
    Description / Table of Contents: Transhumanism and Society; Preface; Contents; 1 Introduction to the Transhumanity Debate; Presenting the Transhumanity Debate; Transtechnologies and Society; Discourse of Concern and Discourse of Hope; Transhumanity and Modernity; Suspect Modernity; Modernity in the Balance; The ''New EnlightenmentNew Enlightenment''; On Capitalism; Conclusion; 2 Transcend or Transgress?; Transcendence: Cosmic, Personal and Civitas; Cosmic Transcendencecosmic transcendence; Personal Transcendencepersonal transcendence; Civitas Transcendencecivitas transcendence; Compromise between Versions; Transgression
    Description / Table of Contents: Critique of Cosmic Transcendencecosmic transcendenceCritique of Personal Transcendencepersonal transcendence; Critique of Civitas Transcendencecivitas transcendence; Transcendence nor Transgression?; 3 Transformation of Body and Mind; Sec1; Radical Transformation; Mind over Body; Of Substrates and Cyborgs; Religious Critique: Escape the Body, Lose the Soulsoul; Secular Critique: Escape the Body, Lose the Self; Moderate Transformation; Moderate Transformation as Value Gained; Moderate Transformation as Value Lost; Defending Posthuman Dignity; Taboo or Tolerance; 4 Rhetoric of Risk; Sec1
    Description / Table of Contents: The Social Construction of RiskRisk and Social Movements; Risk NarrativesRisk Narrative; ''End Times'' Narrative; Market Exploitation Narrative; New EnlightenmentNew Enlightenment Narrative; Risk CampaignsRisk Campaign; Trust; Oversight Based on the Precautionary Principle; Oversight Based on the Proactionary Principle; Assignment of Liability; Contested Objects; GNR Terrorism; Genetically Modified Food; Neuropharmaceuticals; Protecting the ''Risk Object Portfolio''; Conclusion; 5 Inevitability; ; Rhetoric of Inevitability; Transhumanity and Fatalismfatalism; Strong Claims of Inevitability
    Description / Table of Contents: EvolutionEvolutionHomo Cyberneticus; Technological Momentum; Conservationist Critique of Strong Claims; Religious Conservationist Counterargument; Secular Conservationist Counterargument; Moderate Claim: Social Conditions are Ripe; Relinquishment; 6 Closure; No Easy Resolution; Balancing Act with Inevitability Claims; Scenarios; About the Author; References; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 158
    ISBN: 9789400746732
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXII, 182 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Contemporary Philosophies and Theories in Education 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Kupferman, David W. Disassembling and decolonizing school in the Pacific
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Schule ; Pädagogische Anthropologie ; Mikronesien ; Ozeanien ; Schule ; Ozeanien ; Schule
    Abstract: Schooling in the region known as Micronesia is today a normalized, ubiquitous, and largely unexamined habit. As a result, many of its effects have also gone unnoticed and unchallenged. By interrogating the processes of normalization and governmentality that circulate and operate through schooling in the region through the deployment of Foucaultian conceptions of power, knowledge, and subjectivity, this work destabilizes conventional notions of schooling's neutrality, self-evident benefit, and its role as the key to contemporary notions of so-called political, economic, and social development. This work aims to disquiet the idea that school today is both rooted in some distant past and a force for decolonization and the postcolonial moment. Instead, through a genealogy of schooling, the author argues that school as it is currently practiced in the region is the product of the present, emerging from the mid-1960s shift in US policy in the islands, the very moment when the US was trying to simultaneously prepare the islands for putative self-determination while producing ever-increasing colonial relations through the practice of schooling. The work goes on to conduct a genealogy of the various subjectivities produced through this present schooling practice, notably the student, the teacher, and the child/parent/family. It concludes by offering a counter-discourse to the normalized narrative of schooling, and suggests that what is displaced and foreclosed on by that narrative in fact holds a possible key to meaningful decolonization and self-determination
    Abstract: Schooling in the region known as Micronesia is today a normalized, ubiquitous, and largely unexamined habit. As a result, many of its effects have also gone unnoticed and unchallenged. By interrogating the processes of normalization and governmentality that circulate and operate through schooling in the region through the deployment of Foucaultian conceptions of power, knowledge, and subjectivity, this work destabilizes conventional notions of schoolings neutrality, self-evident benefit, and its role as the key to contemporary notions of so-called political, economic, and social development. This work aims to disquiet the idea that school today is both rooted in some distant past and a force for decolonization and the postcolonial moment. Instead, through a genealogy of schooling, the author argues that school as it is currently practiced in the region is the product of the present, emerging from the mid-1960s shift in US policy in the islands, the very moment when the US was trying to simultaneously prepare the islands for putative self-determination while producing ever-increasing colonial relations through the practice of schooling. The work goes on to conduct a genealogy of the various subjectivities produced through this present schooling practice, notably the student, the teacher, and the child/parent/family. It concludes by offering a counter-discourse to the normalized narrative of schooling, and suggests that what is displaced and foreclosed on by that narrative in fact holds a possible key to meaningful decolonization and self-determination.
    Description / Table of Contents: Disassembling and Decolonizing School in the Pacific; Preface; A Note on Audience; Where This Book Fits; How This Book Is Organized; Acknowledgements; Contents; List of Figures; Chapter 1: Introduction: Where Do We Go from Here?; An Introduction; An Ocean of Discourse: Schooling in Micronesia and Beyond; Decolonizing the Postcolonial Position; Repositioning the Binary; The Temporality of De-positionality: Locus of Enunciation; Narrator as Narrative; Inconvenient Implications: "The Intellectual" and the University; Chapter 2: Theory, Power, and the Pacific
    Description / Table of Contents: An Imagined Non-entity: Deforming and Reforming Our "Sea of Little Lands"Power-Knowledge-Subject; Relational Power and Foucault; Production and Normalization; Genealogy, Subjectivity, Governmentality; Alternative Conditions of Possibility; Chapter 3: Atolls and Origins: A Genealogy of Schooling in Micronesia; In the Beginning There Was School; The Colonial Period?; The Song, and Actualized Event, of Solomon; The Colonial. Period.; Chapter 4: Power and Pantaloons: The Case of Lee Boo and the Normalizing of the Student; John Ford in the Rock Islands; Scopic Regime, or Why Is He Painted White?
    Description / Table of Contents: "Osiik a Llomes" and the Limits of Heliotropic(al) TranslationA Portrait of the Student as a Young Man: The Benevolence of the Colonial Project; The Student as Simulacrum; Chapter 5: Certifiably Qualified: Corps, College, and the Construction of the Teacher; Dilettantes and Differends; Peace Corps in Paradise Micronesia; Colleges and Knowledges; The "Highly Qualified" Cult(ure); Chapter 6: The Mother and Child Reunion: Governing the Family; All in the Family; Child, State, School; No Child Left Micronesian: Governmentality and the Child; PIRCs and Other Benefits of Policing the Parent
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: Conclusion: The Emperor Is a Nudist: A Case for Counter-Discourse(s)Over the River and Through Bretton Woods: Development, Schooling, and Regimes of Representation; Culture, Custom, Catachresis; Dressing the Emperor; References; Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 159
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400748453 , 128363418X , 9781283634182
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 203 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Law and Philosophy Library 104
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Kaufman, Whitley R. P., 1963 - Honor and revenge: a theory of punishment
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Criminology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Criminology ; Punishment ; Philosophy ; Punishment in crime deterrence ; Retribution ; Strafe ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Kriminologie ; Strafe ; Rechtsphilosophie ; Kriminologie
    Abstract: This book addresses the problem of justifying the institution of criminal punishment. It examines the "paradox of retribution: the fact that we cannot seem to reject the intuition that punishment is morally required, and yet we cannot (even after two thousand years of philosophical debate) find a morally legitimate basis for inflicting harm on wrongdoers. The book comes at a time when a new "abolitionist movement has arisen, a movement that argues that we should give up the search for justification and accept that punishment is morally unjustifiable and should be discontinued immediately. This book, however, proposes a new approach to the retributive theory of punishment, arguing that it should be understood in its traditional formulation that has been long forgotten or dismissed: that punishment is essentially a defense of the honor of the victim. Properly understood, this can give us the possibility of a legitimate moral justification for the institution of punishment.?
    Description / Table of Contents: Honor and Revenge: A Theory of Punishment; Contents; Chapter 1: The Problem of Punishment; 1.1 The Paradox of Retribution; 1.2 The Incoherence of Public Policy: A Muddle of Theories; 1.3 The Rise of Abolitionism; 1.4 The Strategy of This Book; 1.5 The Importance of the Debate; Chapter 2: Punishment as Crime Prevention; 2.1 Does Punishment Prevent Crime?; 2.2 Crime Prevention and the Utilitarian Moral Theory; 2.3 The Critique of Consequentialism; 2.4 Is It Ever Useful to Punish the Innocent?; 2.5 Punishing the Guilty; 2.6 What's Left of the Crime Prevention Theory?
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.7 The Intend/Foresee Distinction2.8 The Crime-Prevention Theory and Double Effect; 2.9 The DDE and Punishing the Innocent; 2.10 Deterrence and Retribution; Chapter 3: Can Retributive Punishment Be Justified?; 3.1 Crypto-Utilitarian Theories of Retribution; 3.1.1 The Deterrence-Based Theory of Retribution; 3.1.2 Retribution and Satisfaction of Victims; 3.2 Retribution as a Natural Instinct or Emotion; 3.3 Retribution as a Requirement of Reason; 3.3.1 Respect for the Offender; 3.3.2 Right to Be Punished; 3.3.3 Consent to Be Punished; 3.3.4 Unfair Advantage
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 Retribution as Conceptual Requirement3.5 The Expressive Theory of Retribution; 3.5.1 Can the Expressive Theory Justify Punishment?; 3.5.2 Why Hard Treatment?; 3.6 Retribution as a Moral Primitive; Chapter 4: The Mixed Theory of Punishment; 4.1 The Idea of "Separate Questions"; 4.2 The Conceptual Version of the Mixed Theory; 4.3 Legal Formalism; 4.4 The Separation of Powers Principle; 4.5 The Rule-Utilitarian Theory; 4.6 H.L.A. Hart's Two-Level Theory; 4.7 The "Practice Conception" Argument; 4.8 Utilitarianism, Retribution, and the Two Levels; 4.9 Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Retribution and Revenge5.1 Six Supposed Distinctions Between Revenge and Retribution; 5.2 Revenge Is Personal; 5.3 Revenge Is Inherently Excessive; 5.4 Revenge Is for Insults and Slights, Not Moral Wrongs; 5.5 Revenge Is Based on Sadistic Pleasure; 5.6 Revenge Is Based on the Principle of Collective Responsibility; 5.7 Revenge Is Based upon Strict Liability; 5.8 Conclusion: Revenge Versus Retribution; 5.9 Is Revenge Morally Permissible?; 5.10 Revenge, Retribution, and Honor; Chapter 6: What Is the Purpose of Retribution?; 6.1 The Intending Harm Requirement
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 Assessing the "Intending Harm Requirement"6.3 The Purpose of Revenge; 6.4 Punishment and Honor; 6.5 Honor and Punishment; 6.6 Intending Harm Versus Defending Honor; 6.7 From Private Revenge to Societal Punishment; 6.8 Retribution and Intentional Harm; 6.9 Honor and Impartiality; 6.10 The Expressive Theory Revisited; Chapter 7: Making Sense of Honor; 7.1 The Descriptive Claim and the Evolutionary Alternative; 7.2 The Value of Honor; 7.3 Is Honor Essentially External?; 7.4 The External Honor Thesis; 7.5 Five Interpretations of the External Honor Thesis; 7.6 Is Honor External?
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 8: Is Punishment Justified?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 160
    ISBN: 9789400753747 , 1283634422 , 9781283634427
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 136 p. 3 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Ethics
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Krieg, Andreas Motivations for humanitarian intervention
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Humanitäre Intervention ; Motivation ; Legitimität ; Legitimation ; Innenpolitik ; Außenpolitik ; Nationales Interesse ; Idealismus ; Rechtfertigung ; Krieg ; Moral ; Einflussgröße ; Erde ; Humanitäre Intervention
    Abstract: This Brief sheds light on the motivation of humanitarian intervention from a theoretical and empirical point of view. An in-depth analysis of the theoretical arguments surrounding the issue of a legitimate motivation for humanitarian intervention demonstrate to what extent either altruism or national/self-interests are considered a righteous stimulus. The question about what constitutes a just intervention has been at the core of debates in Just War Theory for centuries. In particular in regards to humanitarian intervention it is oftentimes difficult to define the criteria for a righteous intervention. More than in conventional military interventions, the motivation and intention behind humanitarian intervention is a crucial factor. Whether the humanitarian intervention cases of the post-Cold War era were driven by altruistic or by self-interested considerations is a question is covered within and enables a comprehensive and holistic evaluation of the question of what motivates Western democracies to intervene or to abstain from intervention in humanitarian crises.
    Description / Table of Contents: Motivations forHumanitarian Intervention; Contents; Abbreviations; Introduction; Part IThe Normative Debate; 1 The Legal and Moral Legitimacy of Intervention; 1.1…The Impact of Globalization on the International State System; 1.2…Intervention in International Law Since 1945; 1.2.1 Definition of Intervention; 1.2.2 The Principles of Sovereignty and Non-Intervention in the UN System; 1.2.3 Intervention in International Law Since 1990; 1.3…The Ethics of Humanitarian Intervention; 1.3.1 Intervention in Just War Theory; 1.3.2 The Criterion of 'Right intention'; References
    Description / Table of Contents: 2 National Interests and Altruism in Humanitarian Intervention2.1…Humanitarian Intervention and National Interest; 2.1.1 Definition of National Interest/Self-Interest; 2.1.2 National Interest and Social Contractarianism; 2.1.3 The Role of Self-Interest in Humanitarian Intervention; 2.1.4 National Interests and the Fear of the Trojan Horse; 2.2…Humanitarian Intervention and Altruism; 2.2.1 Definition of Altruism; 2.2.2 Idealist Approach to Humanitarian Intervention; References; Part IIThe Empirical Analysis; 3 The Motivation for Humanitarian Intervention; 3.1…Research Design and Method
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2…Case Analysis3.2.1 Northern Iraq (Operation Provide Comfort, 1991); 3.2.2 Somalia (Operation Restore Hope, 1992); 3.2.3 Haiti (Operation Uphold Democracy, 1994); 3.2.4 Rwanda (Operation Turquoise, 1994); 3.2.5 Bosnia (Operation Deliberate Force, 1995); 3.2.6 Kosovo (Operation Allied Force, 1999); 3.2.7 East Timor (Operation Stabilise/INTERFET, 1999); 3.2.8 Sierra Leone (Operation Palliser, 2000); 3.2.9 Afghanistan (Operation Enduring Freedom, 2001); 3.2.10 Iraq (Operation Iraqi Freedom, 2003); 3.2.11 Rwanda (Non-Intervention, 1994); 3.2.12 Darfur (Non-Intervention, 2003 ff.)
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.13 Overview of Intervention and Non-Intervention CasesReferences; 4 Quantitative Analysis; 4.1…General Findings; 4.2…The Aggregate Strength of Altruism and National Interests in Humanitarian Crises; 4.3…Discussion; References; 5 Conclusion;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 161
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400751071 , 1283698145 , 9781283698146
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XV, 232 p. 14 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Technical and Vocational Education and Training: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 17
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Tchibozo, Guy Cultural and social diversity and the transition from education to work
    RVK:
    Keywords: Labor economics ; Education ; Education ; Labor economics ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Schule ; Berufsbildung ; Übergang
    Abstract: This edited volume provides multidisciplinary and international insights into the policy, managerial and educational aspects of diverse students transitions from education to employment. As employers require increasing global competence on the part of those leaving education, this research asks whether increasing multiculturalism in developed societies, often seen as a challenge to their cohesion, is in fact a potential advantage in an evolving employment sector. This is a vital and under-researched field, and this new publication in Springers Technical and Vocational Education and Training series provides analysis both of theory and empirical data, submitted by researchers from nine nations including the USA, Oman, Malaysia, and countries in the European Union. The papers trace the origins of business demand for diversity in their workforces skill set, including national, local and institutional contexts. They also consider how social, demographic, cultural, religious and linguistic diversity inform the attitudes of those seeking workand those seeking workers. With clear suggestions for future research, this work on a topic of rising profile will be read with interest by educators, policy makers, employers and careers advisors.
    Description / Table of Contents: Cultural and Social Diversity and the Transition from Education to Work; Preface; Springer: Technical and Vocational Education and Training Series; Contents; About the Contributors; About the Editor; Part I: Introduction; Chapter 1: Leveraging Diversity to Promote Successful Transition from Education to Work; 1 Problem Statement; 2 Theoretical Approach and Research Procedure; 3 Concepts; 3.1 Concept of School-to-Work Transition System; 3.1.1 School-to-Work Transition Process; 3.1.2 School-to-Work Transition System; 3.2 Concept of Organisations' Demand for Diversity; 3.2.1 Diversity
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.2 Reasons for the Demand for Diversity3.2.3 Organisations' Demand for Diversity; 4 How Can the School-to-Work Transition System Address the Demand for Diversity?; 4.1 Role of the Education Subsystem; 4.2 Role of the Employment Subsystem; 5 Conclusion; References; Part II: The Demand for Cultural and Social Diversity; Chapter 2: Cultural and Social Diversity in the United States: A Compelling National Interest; 1 Introduction; 1.1 The Demand for Cultural and Social Diversity; 1.1.1 Cultural Competency; 1.1.2 Representative Bureaucracy; 2 Confrontations Over Educational Access; 3 Summary
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Future ResearchReferences; Chapter 3: Perceptions of the Demand for Cultural Diversity in the Omani Workplace and Its Availability Among Secondary School Students; 1 Cultural Diversity in the Workplace; 2 Role of Education in Shaping Cultural Diversity Orientations and Skills; 3 Cultural Diversity in Oman; 4 Demand for Cultural Diversity in the Omani Workplace; 5 Theoretical Framework; 6 Importance of the Study; 7 Research Questions; 8 Study Instrument; 8.1 Awareness of Local and Global Factors; 8.2 Awareness of Cultural Types; 8.3 Attributes; 8.4 Skills/Competencies; 9 Study Samples
    Description / Table of Contents: 10 Data Analysis11 Attributes and Skills; 12 Discussion and Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Cultural Diversity and the School-To-Work Transition: A Relational Perspective; 1 Introduction; 2 The Concept of Cultural Diversity; 2.1 Background to Cultural Diversity in Europe; 2.2 Workforce Diversity; 3 Approaches to Managing Diversity; 4 The European Tourism Sector; 4.1 Human Resources in Tourism; 5 Workplace Diversity in European Tourism; 6 Theoretical Framework; 6.1 Capital; 6.2 Habitus; 6.3 Field; 7 Methods; 7.1 Limitations; 8 Findings and Discussion; 8.1 The Macro Socio-Economic Context
    Description / Table of Contents: 8.2 Student Reflections8.3 Human Capital/Cultural Capital; 8.4 International Experience; 8.5 Physical/Cultural Characteristics; 9 Survey of Jobseekers; 10 Survey of Employers; 11 Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Workforce Diversity in Malaysia: Current and Future Demand of Persons with Disabilities; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Demand of PWDs as Workforce; 1.2 Challenges and Strategies in Employing PWDs; 1.3 Future Trends; 2 Research Objectives; 2.1 To Compare the Profiles of Organizations That Hired and Did Not Hire PWDs as Workforce
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 To Examine Organizations' Views About Demands on PWDs as Workforce
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 162
    ISBN: 9789400747463
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIX, 631 p. 73 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 27
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of nature ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of nature ; Science Philosophy
    Abstract: This book reconstructs key aspects of the early career of Descartes from 1618 to 1633; that is, up through the point of his composing his first system of natural philosophy, Le Monde, in 1629-33. It focuses upon the overlapping and intertwined development of Descartes’ projects in physico-mathematics, analytical mathematics, universal method, and, finally, systematic corpuscular-mechanical natural philosophy. The concern is not simply with the conceptual and technical aspects of these projects; but, with Descartes’ agendas within them and his construction and presentation of his intellectual identity in relation to them. Descartes’ technical projects, agendas and senses of identity shifted over time, entangled and displayed great successes and deep failures, as he morphed from a mathematically competent, Jesuit trained graduate in neo-Scholastic Aristotelianism to aspiring prophet of a systematised corpuscular-mechanism, passing through stages of being a committed physico-mathematicus, advocate of a putative ‘universal mathematics’, and projector of a grand methodological dream. In all three dimensions-projects, agendas and identity concerns-the young Descartes struggled and contended, with himself and with real or virtual peers and competitors, hence the title ‘Descartes-Agonistes’. ​
    Description / Table of Contents: Descartes-Agonistes; Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction: Problems of Descartes and the Scientific Revolution; 1.1 Prologue: The 'Young' and the 'Mature' Descartes, Natural Philosopher; 1.2 Descartes and the Historians of Science; 1.3 Key Pitfalls (and Opportunities) Facing Descartes' Biographers (Even Authors of Quite Truncated Biographies); 1.3.1 The Problem of Method and Its Texts: Regulae and Discours; 1.3.2 The Problem of Descartes the Natural Philosopher, and of Natural Philosophy as a Wide and Dynamic Field of Discourse and Contention
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.3.3 Scientific Biography and the Historiography of Science1.4 Overview of the Argument; References; Works of Descartes and Their Abbreviations; Other; Chapter 2: Conceptual and Historiographical Foundations-Natural Philosophy, Mixed Mathematics, Physico-mathematics, Method; 2.1 Jesuit neo-Scholasticism for the noblesse de robe; 2.2 In Search of Proper Categories and Angle of Attack; 2.3 Constructing the Category of Natural Philosophy, Part 1-Natural Philosophizing as Culture and Process; 2.4 Some Heuristic Help: Modeling Modern Sciences as Unique, Agonal Traditions in Process
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5 Constructing the Category of Natural Philosophy, Part 2: The Dynamics and Rules of Contestation of Natural Philosophizing2.5.1 Articulation on Subordinate Disciplines: Grammar and Specific Utterance; 2.5.2 Find or Steal Discoveries, Novelties or Facts, Including Experimental Ones; 2.5.3 Bend or Brake Aristotle's Rules About Mathematics and Natural Philosophy: The Gambit of 'Physico-Mathematics'; 2.5.4 "Hot Spots" of Articulation Contest: Additional Causes and Effects of Heightened Turbulence in the Field of Natural Philosophizing
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.5.5 Modeling System Construction and Contestation - The 'Core', 'Vertical' and 'Horizontal' Dimensions of a Natural Philosophical System2.5.6 The Mechanics of Responding to 'Outside' Challenges and Opportunities; 2.6 The Special Status of the Problem of Method; 2.7 Phases and Stages in the 'Scientific Revolution' Seen as an Unfolding Process in the Field of Natural Philosophizing, with Its Attendant Articulations to Other Domains; 2.8 Looking Forward-What Kind of Natural Philosopher/Physico-Mathematician Was René Descartes?; References; Works of Descartes and Their Abbreviations; Other
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: 'Recalled to Study'-Descartes, Physico-Mathematicus3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Beeckman: Mentor and Colleague in Physico-Mathematics and Natural Philosophy; 3.2.1 Corpuscular-Mechanical Natural Philosophy and the Values of the Practical Arts; 3.2.2 Beeckman's Causal Register, Principles of Mechanics and Version of Physico-Mathematics; 3.3 Exemplary Physico-Mathematics: The Hydrostatics Manuscript of 1619; 3.3.1 Stevin, Archimedes and the Hydrostatic Paradox; 3.3.2 The Hydrostatics Manuscript [1] The Micro-Corpuscular Reduction; 3.3.3 The Hydrostatics Manuscript [2] The Force of Motion
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 What's the Agenda: Descartes' Radical Form of Physico-Mathematics
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction: Problems of Descartes and the Scientific Revolution -- Conceptual and Historiographical Foundations.-  Recalled to Study: Descartes Physico-Mathematicus  Descartes Opticien: The Optical Triumph of the 1620s -- nalytical Mathematics, Universal Mathematics and Method: Descartes’ Identity and Agenda Entering the 1620s.- Method and the Problem of the Historical Descartes.-  Universal Mathematics Interruptus: The Program of the later Regulae and its Collapse 1626-28 -- Reinventing the Agenda and Identity: Descartes, Physico-mathematical Philosopher of Nature 1629-33.-  Reading Le Monde as Pedagogy and Fable -- Waterworld: Descartes’ Vortical Celestial Mechanics and Cosmological Optics in Le Monde. - Le Monde as a System of Natural Philosophy -- Cosmography, Realist Copernicanism and Systematising Strategy in the Principia Philosophiae -- Conclusion: The Young and the Mature Descartes Agonistes -- Appendix 1 Descartes, Mydorge and Beeckman: The Evolution of Cartesian Lens Theory 1627-1637.-  Appendix 2 Decoding Descartes’ Vortex Celestial Mechanics in the Text of Le Monde.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 163
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400750388
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 184 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Educational Research 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Educational research: the attraction of psychology
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational psychology ; Education ; Education ; Education Philosophy ; Educational psychology ; Psychologie ; Empirische Forschung
    Abstract: The closely argued and provocative contributions to this volume challenge psychology's hegemony as an interpretive paradigm in a range of social contexts such as education and child development. They start from the core observation that modern psychology has successfully penetrated numerous domains of society in its quest to develop a properly scientific methodology for analyzing the human mind and behaviour
    Abstract: The closely argued and provocative contributions to this volume challenge psychology’s hegemony as an interpretive paradigm in a range of social contexts such as education and child development. They start from the core observation that modern psychology has successfully penetrated numerous domains of society in its quest to develop a properly scientific methodology for analyzing the human mind and behaviour. For example, educational psychology continues to hold a central position in the curricula of trainee teachers in the US, while the language of developmental psychology holds primal sway over our understanding of childrearing and the parent-child relationship. Questioning the default position of modern psychology as a way of conceptualizing human relations, this collection of papers reexamines key assumptions that include psychology’s self-image as a ‘scientific’ discipline. Authors also argue that the dogma of neuropsychology in education has demoted concepts such as ‘emotion’, ‘feeling’ and ‘relationship’, so that they are now ’blind spots’ in educational theory. Other chapters offer a cautionary analysis of how misshapen notions of psychology can legitimize eugenics (as in Nazi Germany) and poison racial attitudes. Above all, has psychology, with its focus on individual merit, been complicit in hiding the impacts of power and privilege in education? This bracing new volume adopts a broader definition of education and childrearing that admits the essential contribution of the humanities to the proper study of mankind.This publication, as well as the ones that are mentioned in the preliminary pages of this work, were realized by the Research Community (FWO Vlaanderen / Research Foundation Flanders, Belgium) Philosophy and History of the Discipline of Education: Faces and Spaces of Educational Research.
    Description / Table of Contents: Educational Research:The Attraction of Psychology; Copyright Page; Earlier Volumes in this Series; Contents; Chapter 1: Making Sense of the Attraction of Psychology: On the Strengths and Weaknesses for Education and Educational Research; References; Chapter 2: Struggling with the Historical Attractiveness of Psychology for Educational Research Illustrated by the Case of Nazi Germany; 2.1 Far Too Easy Hypotheses?; 2.2 Far Too Easy Phrasing of the Questions?; 2.3 Far Too Super fi cial Conclusions?; 2.4 Far Too Broad Generalisations: The Case of Educational Psychology in Nazi Germany
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.4.1 The Discursive Surface Layer of National Socialism2.4.2 "Uniform Fascist Rule Dissolved into a Chaos of Rival Responsibilities?" (Geuter, 1992 , p. 18); 2.5 The Continuing Need for Biographical Research; 2.6 Some Concluding Remarks; Sources; References; Chapter 3: On the Fatal Attractiveness of Psychology: Racism of Intelligence in Education; 3.1 The Problem: Intelligence and Social Status; 3.2 Education in a Nation of Morons; 3.3 Intelligence Testing in the Court; 3.4 On the Neutrality of Academic Psychology; 3.5 The Pseudo Neutrality of Testing Situations
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.6 Towards the Racism of Intelligence3.7 Conclusion; References; Chapter 4: Psychology in Teacher Education: Ef fi cacy, Professionalization, Management, and Habit; 4.1 Ef fi cacy; 4.2 Professionalization; 4.2.1 Learning Sciences; 4.2.2 Political Trends; 4.3 Policy and Management; 4.4 Habit; 4.5 Wrapping Up: Implications for Research in Teacher Education; References; Chapter 5: The Fatal Attraction of the Language of Developmental Psychology in Child-Rearing; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Language of Developmental Psychology in Child-Rearing
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3 The Language of Developmental Psychology in Relation to Child-Rearing and the Parent-Child Relationship: Normative Assumptions5.4 Parenting in an Age of Anxiety; 5.5 Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Mirror Neuron, Mirror Neuron in the Brain, Who's the Cleverest in Your Reign? From the Attraction of Psychology to the Discovery of the Social; 6.1 Introduction; 6.1.1 How the Philosophy of Science Embraced the Social (and Also the Psychological); 6.1.2 How the Philosophy of Mathematics Is Reluctant to Embrace Anything; 6.1.3 Education: How to Vygotsky and Piaget?
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 The Special and Curious Case of Mathematics Education6.2.1 How Psychology Became Attractive for the Study of the Learning of Mathematics; 6.2.2 Beyond the Psychological; 6.3 Conclusion: Mirror Neurons at Last; References; Chapter 7: The Vocabulary of Acts: Neuroscience, Phenomenology, and the Mirror Neuron; 7.1 Rizzolatti and the Mirror Neuron; 7.2 Depsychologising Psychology: The Architecture of Research and Understanding; 7.3 Samuel Todes and the Umbilical Cord of Bodily Movement; 7.4 Objects and Things, Habitats, and Worlds; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 8: The Attraction of Neuropsychological Findings in Contemporary Educational Thinking, or Feeling, Emotion and Relationship as Blind Spots in Educational Theory
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Making sense of the attraction of psychology: On the strengths and weaknesses for education and educational research -- 2. Struggling with the historical attractiveness of psychology for educational research illustrated by the case of Nazi-Germany -- 3. On the fatal attractiveness of psychology: Racism of intelligence in education -- 4. Psychology in teacher education: Efficacy, professionalization, management, and habit -- 5. The fatal attraction of the language of developmental psychology in child rearing -- 6. Mirror neuron, mirror neuron in the brain, who’s the cleverest in your reign? From the attraction of psychology to the discovery of the social -- 7. The vocabulary of acts: Neuroscience, phenomenology, and the mirror-neuron -- 8. The attraction of neuropsychological findings in contemporary educational thinking, or: Feeling, emotion and relationship as blind spots in educational theory -- 9. In defence of the humanities against the exaggerated pretensions of ‘scientific’ psychology -- 10. The theology of education to come -- 11. Learning is not education -- 12. Attention, commitment and imagination in educational research. Open the universe a little more! -- About the Authors -- Author Index -- Subject index..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 164
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400757752 , 1283909324 , 9781283909327
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 76 p, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Law 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy of law ; Philosophy ; Criminal Law ; Criminology ; Law ; Law ; Philosophy of law ; Philosophy ; Criminal Law ; Criminology ; Verhältnismäßigkeitsgrundsatz ; Rechtsphilosophie
    Abstract: The book applies the principle of proportionality to a number of conventional wisdoms in the social sciences, such as in dubio pro reo and the assumption that a crime is always a crime; that you must go to war if instructed to do so. Individuals and states are not obliged to come to the aid of stricken individuals and states. The book is organised in seven chapters, each dealing with a self-standing theme related to proportionality.
    Abstract: The book applies the principle of proportionality to a number of conventional wisdoms in the social sciences, such as in dubio pro reo and the assumption that a crime is always a crime; that you must go to war if instructed to do so. Individuals and states are not obliged to come to the aid of stricken individuals and states. The book is organised in seven chapters, each dealing with a self-standing theme related to proportionality
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Preface -- 2. Introduction -- 3. Book I, In Dubio Pro Reo -- 4. Book II, When a Crime is not a Crime -- 5. Book III, Love and Proportionality -- 6. Book IV, The End Justifying the Means -- 7. Book V, True Globalisation -- 8. Book VI, Large and Small Crimes -- 9. Book VII, A Farewell to Evolution. 〈br〉.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 165
    ISBN: 9789400752313
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 212 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Sophia Studies in Cross-cultural Philosophy of Traditions and Cultures 3
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Regional planning ; Migration ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Regional planning ; Migration
    Abstract: This searching examination of the life and philosophy of the twentieth-century Indian intellectual Jarava Lal Mehta details, among other things, his engagement with the oeuvres of Martin Heidegger, Hans-Georg Gadamer, and Jacques Derrida. It shows how Mehta's sense of cross-cultural philosophy and religious thought were affected by these engagements, and maps the two key contributions Mehta made to the sum of human ideas. First, Mehta outlined what the author dubs a 'postcolonial hermeneutics' that uses the 'ethnotrope' of the pilgrim to challenge the philosophical hermeneutic emphasis on supplementation and augmentation. For Mehta, the hermeneutic encounter ruptures, rather than supplements, the self. Secondly, Mehta extended this concept of hermeneutics to interrogate the Hindu tradition, arriving at the concept of the 'negative messianic'. In contrast to Derrida's emphasis on the 'one to come', Mehta shows how the Hindu bhakti model represents the very opposite, that is, the 'withdrawn other, ' identifying thereby the ethical pitfalls of deconstructivism's emphasis on the messianic tradition. This is the only full-length study in English of this high-profile Hindu philosopher
    Abstract: This searching examination of the life and philosophy of the twentieth-century Indian intellectual Jarava Lal Mehta details, among other things, his engagement with the oeuvres of Martin Heidegger, Hans-Georg Gadamer, and Jacques Derrida. It shows how Mehta’s sense of cross-cultural philosophy and religious thought were affected by these engagements, and maps the two key contributions Mehta made to the sum of human ideas. First, Mehta outlined what the author dubs a ‘postcolonial hermeneutics’ that uses the ‘ethnotrope’ of the pilgrim to challenge the philosophical hermeneutic emphasis on supplementation and augmentation. For Mehta, the hermeneutic encounter ruptures, rather than supplements, the self. Secondly, Mehta extended this concept of hermeneutics to interrogate the Hindu tradition, arriving at the concept of the ‘negative messianic’. In contrast to Derrida's emphasis on the 'one to come', Mehta shows how the Hindu bhakti model represents the very opposite, that is, the 'withdrawn other,' identifying thereby the ethical pitfalls of deconstructivism's emphasis on the messianic tradition. This is the only full-length study in English of this high-profile Hindu philosopher
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- From Banaras to the West and and Back -- From Subcontinent to Continental -- Pilgrims and Pilgrimages -- Digging at the Roots: The Logic of the Hindu Tradition -- Heroes, Jewish Nomads, and Hindu Pilgrims: Ulysses, Abraham and Uddhava at the Cross- (cultural) - roads -- Bibliography.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 166
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400751378
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 161 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Logic, Epistemology, and the Unity of Science 31
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Chemistry ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Chemistry ; Genetic epistemology ; Logic
    Abstract: This compelling reevaluation of the relationship between logic and knowledge affirms the key role that the notion of judgement must play in such a review. The commentary repatriates the concept of judgement in the discussion, banished in recent times by the logical positivism of Wittgenstein, Hilbert and Schlick, and the Platonism of Bolzano. The volume commences with the insights of Swedish philosopher Per Martin-Löf, the father of constructive type theory, for whom logic is a demonstrative science in which judgement is a settled feature of the landscape. His paper opens the first of four sections that examine, in turn, historical philosophical assessments of judgement and reason; their place in early modern philosophy; the notion of judgement and logical theory in Wolff, Kant and Neo-Kantians like Windelband; their development in the Husserlian phenomenological paradigm; and the work of Bolzano, Russell and Frege. The papers, whose authors include Per Martin-Löf, Göran Sundholm, Michael Della Rocca and Robin Rollinger, represent a finely judged editorial selection highlighting work on philosophers exercised by the question of whether or not an epistemic notion of judgement has a role to play in logic. The volume will be of profound interest to students and academicians for its application of historical developments in philosophy to the solution of vexatious contemporary issues in the foundation of logic. ​
    Description / Table of Contents: Judgement and the Epistemic Foundation of Logic; Preface; Contents; Introduction; Bibliography; Part I: Constructivism, Judgement and Reason; Chapter 1: Verificationism Then and Now; Chapter 2: Demonstrations Versus Proofs, Being an Afterword to Constructions, Proofs, and the Meaning of the Logical Constants; Bibliography; Chapter 3: Containment and Variation; Two Strands in the Development of Analyticity from Aristotle to Martin-Löf; Bibliography; Part II: Judgement and Reason in the Seventeenth Century; Chapter 4: Descartes' Theory of Judgement: Warranted Assertions, the Key to Science*
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Descartes' Debate with Scholastic Logic over the Foundations of Science2 The Rules for the Forming of True Judgements; 3 The Many Uses of the Concept of Judgement in Descartes' Mathesis; Bibliography; Chapter 5: Striving, Oomph, and Intelligibility in Spinoza; 1 Descartes and the Great Intelligibility Trade-Off; 2 Strengthening Intelligibility; 3 Weakening Intelligibility; Bibliography; I. Works by Descartes; II. Works by Spinoza; III. Works by Leibniz; IV. Works by Hume; V. Other Works; Part III: Kant, Neo-Kantianism, and Bolzano
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 6: The Role of Wolff's Analysis of Judgements in Kant's Inaugural Dissertation1 Wolff's Analysis of Judgements; 2 Meier's Notion of Condition; 3 The Strategy of Kant's Dissertation; 4 Three Classes of Subreption; Bibliography; Chapter 7: Windelband on Beurteilung; 1 Windelband's Definition of Judgement; 2 Windelband's Three-Step Argument; 3 Judgeable Content; 4 Assessing Under Assumption of Epistemic Values; 5 The Nature of Epistemic Assessment; Bibliography; I. Primary; II. Secondary; Chapter 8: A Priori Knowledge in Bolzano, Conceptual Truths, and Judgements
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 The Apriori in Bolzano1.1 Concepts and Conceptual Truths; 1.2 Conceptual Truths and Judgements A Priori; 1.2.1 Conceptual Truths and Analytic Truths; 1.2.2 Empirical Analytic Truths; 1.2.3 Synthetic Conceptual Truths; 1.3 How Are Synthetic Judgements A Priori Possible?; 2 Understanding (C1): Bolzano's Epistemology; 2.1 Judgements and Subjective Representations; 2.2 Bolzano's Analysis of the Concept of Knowledge; 2.2.1 Confidence; 2.2.2 How Much Confidence?; 3 Understanding (C2): Knowing a Concept; 3.1 The Correspondence Assumption; 3.2 Having a Representation, Clarity, and Distinctness
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Definitions, Proofs, and Synthetic Truths4.1 Knowledge and Proof; 4.2 Two Remaining Problems; 4.3 The Case of Fundamental Truths; 5 Conclusion; Bibliography; Part IV: Husserl, Frege and Russell; Chapter 9: Immanent and Real States of Affairs in Husserl's Early Theory of Judgement: Reflections on Manuscripts from 1893/1894 and Their Background in the Logic of Brentano and Stumpf; 1 Introduction; 2 Brentano and Stumpf on Contents of Judgement; 2.1 Brentano; 2.2 Stumpf; 2.3 Excursus: Other Students of Brentano; 3 Husserl's Theory of Judgement (1893/1894)
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 Psychological Studies in Elementary Logic
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface -- Part 1. Constructivism, Judgement, and Reason -- Chapter 1. Verificationism then and now: Per Martin-Löf -- Chapter 2. Demonstrations versus Proofs, being an afterword to 'Constructions, Proofs and the meaning of Logical Constants': Göran Sundholm -- Chapter 3. Containment and Variation: Two Strands in the Development of Analyticity from Aristotle to Martin-Löf: Göran Sundholm -- Part 2. Judgement and Reason in the Seventeenth Century -- Chapter 4. Decartes' Theory of Judgement: Warranted Assertions, the Key to Science: Elodie Cassan -- Chapter 5. Striving, Oomph, and Intelligibility in Spinoza: Michael Della Rocca -- Part 3. Kant, Neo-Kantianism, and Bolzano -- Chapter 6. The Role of Wolff's Analysis of Judgments in Kant's Inaugural Dissertation: Johan Blok -- Chapter 7. Windelband on 'Beurteilung’: Arnaud Dewalque -- Chapter 8. A Priori Knowledge in Bolzano; Conceptual Truths and Judgements: Stefan Roski -- Part 4. Husserl, Frege and Russell -- Chapter 9. Immanent and Real States of Affairs in Husserl's Early Theory of Judgement: Robin Rollinger -- Chapter 10. Frege and Russell on Assertion: Jeremy Kelly.​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 167
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400761995
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 323 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Ius Gentium: Comparative Perspectives on Law and Justice 24
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Constitutional law ; Law ; Law ; Constitutional law ; Lateinamerika ; Geschlecht ; Sexualität ; Rechtsprechung
    Abstract: Translated and updated from the seminal Spanish text on legal decisions affecting gender and sexuality in Latin America, this English edition is the only law text to focus specifically on the rights of lesbians, gays, bisexuals and the transgender population in addition to women’s rights more broadly. The volume provides close analysis of some of the most important decisions made by Latin American national courts, as well as those made by international legal bodies, that affect the rights and interests of these groups. Specially selected for their depth of argument and value as exemplars, the studies of good legal practice chart the path of the region’s normative values of justice as they have evolved away from a partial, and patriarchal, exercise of the law. They show how cases with vastly differing contexts such as, property rights and domestic violence have resulted in a mixed body of Latin American law. Some decisions are protective of women’s and minority rights. Some assess the wider social impacts of case law in which recognition of the discrete legal identities within households challenges established precepts, including religious ones. Other cases have been chosen as cautionary examples of bad decision-making and for the poverty of their legal debate. Updated to include the latest relevant jurisprudence from across the continent, this book is an informed, cohesive and comprehensive guide to understanding women’s and gender-based rights in Latin America
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Acknowledgements; Biographies; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; Chapter 2: Citizenship; 2.1 Citizenship as an Aspiration: Equality, Reparation, and Emancipation; 2.1.1 Equality Before the Law; 2.1.1.1 Matters for Debate; 2.1.2 Reparation; 2.1.2.1 Matters for Debate; Progress; Quota Laws; 2.1.3 Emancipation; 2.1.3.1 Matters for Debate; 2.2 Citizenship as Belonging: Identity and Culture; 2.2.1 Identity; 2.2.1.1 Matters for Debate; 2.2.2 Culture; 2.2.2.1 Matters for Debate; Chapter 3: Family; 3.1 Feminist Criticism of the Nuclear Family; 3.2 Equality of Rights Within the Family
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.1 First Problem: Moral Imperatives as Limits to Equality3.2.1.1 Matters for Debate; The Right to Challenge Paternity; The Regulatory Effect of the Recognition of Rights to de facto Couples; 3.2.2 Second Problem: Equality as a Means to Not Discriminate Men; 3.2.2.1 Matters for Debate; 3.3 Maternity and Care; 3.3.1 Assessment of Maternity; 3.3.1.1 Matters for Debate; Maternity as a Natural Quality; The Indetermination of the Cultural Parameter; 3.3.2 The Cultural Assessment of Care Work; 3.3.2.1 Matters for Debate; First Matter for Debate: The Myth of Domesticity
    Description / Table of Contents: The Trap of the Marital Society3.4 Sexual and Non Sexual Violence Within the Family; 3.4.1 Resignation in the Face of Violence as a Means of Protecting the Family; 3.4.1.1 Matters for Debate; 3.4.2 Women's Accountability; 3.4.2.1 Matters for Debate; Chapter 4: Health; 4.1 The Right to Life and the Right to Health; 4.2 Women's Health; 4.2.1 Sterilization, Health, or Autonomy?; 4.2.1.1 Matters for Debate; 4.2.2 The Religious Beliefs of Healthcare Providers; 4.2.2.1 Matters for Debate; 4.3 Abortion; 4.3.1 The Right to Confidentiality and the Obligation to Report; 4.3.1.1 Matters for Debate
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.3.2 Legal Insecurity of Non Punishable Abortion4.3.2.1 Matters for Debate; 4.3.3 Anencephaly; 4.3.3.1 Matters for Debate; 4.4 Health, Technology, and Contraception; 4.4.1 Emergency Contraception; 4.4.1.1 Matters for Debate; 4.4.2 Assisted Reproduction; 4.4.2.1 Matters for Debate; 4.5 The Right to Health and Adolescence; 4.5.1 Progressive Autonomy; 4.5.1.1 First Matter for Debate; 4.5.1.2 Second Matter for Debate; 4.5.2 The Best Interest of the Child, the Right to Identity; 4.5.2.1 Matters for Debate; Chapter 5: Property
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1 The Positive and Negative Consequences of Linking the Feminine Identity to Maternity and Access to Property5.1.1 The Protection of the Family and of the Mother in the Distribution of Goods in the Community Property: The Recognition of Reproductive Work; 5.1.1.1 Matters for Debate; 5.1.2 The Feminine Identity, Reproductive Work and Access to Commercial Property; 5.1.2.1 Matters for Debate; 5.2 The Consecration of Privileged Access to Property; 5.2.1 Women as Victims of Displacement and the Need for Immediate Intervention by the State: Damage Compensation with Gender Perspective
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2.1.1 Matters for Debate
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 168
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400752191
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 1041 p. 8 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Humanities ; Religion (General) ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy ; Humanities ; Religion (General)
    Abstract: The envisioned volume is a collection of recent essays about the philosophical exploration, critique and comparison of (a) the major philosophical models of God, gods and other ultimate realities implicit in the worlds philosophical schools and religions, and of (b) the ideas of such models and doing such modeling per se. The aim is to identify exactly what a model of ultimate reality is; create a comprehensive and accessible collection of extant models; and determine how best, philosophically, to model ultimate reality, if possible and desirable.
    Abstract: Dedicated to exploring the enormous variety of ultimate realities at the center of the world’s great religions and philosophical traditions, this volume is a richly varied collection of essays on how we conceive this central notion, whether expressed as God, or as an ultimate reality of another kind. Years in the making, the collection examines the guiding principles of 15 major philosophical traditions and 6 living religions. A publication of monumental scale and detail, it features an innovative thematic structure that aggregates traditions according to their core models, allowing the reader to grasp the common features of ultimate realities as understood in diverse traditions such as Hindu, Buddhist, Jewish, Muslim, Christian, and in some non-religious discussions. Borne out of proceedings at both the American Philosophical Association and the American Academy of Religion, the volume also examines foundational questions related to the human propensity for creating and using such models, including the issue of whether we are capable of acquiring knowledge of ultimate reality. It features a sustained analysis of the concept that modeling such an ultimate reality is a fruitless endeavor doomed to failure since the ultimate might well be beyond human conception, as well as reflections on the staggering diversity of these models and their application to concepts such as spirituality, gender equality, war, and global warming. Accessible and authoritative, the collection combines section primers for those new to the field, deeper treatment in dedicated essays, and a wealth of references for further reading and study
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 169
    ISBN: 9789400763432
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 352 p. 4 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Library of Ethics and Applied Philosophy 31
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als What makes us moral? on the Capacities and Conditions for Being Moral
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; Consciousness ; Ethik ; Bedingung
    Abstract: This book addresses the question of what it means to be moral and which capacities one needs to be moral. It questions whether empathy is a cognitive or an affective capacity, or perhaps both. As most moral beings behave immorally from time to time, the authors ask which factors cause or motivate people to translate their moral beliefs into action? Specially addressed is the question of what is the role of internal factors such as willpower, commitment, character, and what is the role of external, situational and structural factors? The questions are considered from various (disciplinary) perspectives
    Description / Table of Contents: Preface; Contents; Chapter 1: What Makes Us Moral? An Introduction; 1.1 Why Be Moral; Why Are We Moral; What Makes Us Moral?; 1.2 Part I: Morality, Evolution and Rationality; 1.3 Part II: Morality and the Continuity Between Human and Nonhuman Primates; 1.4 Part III: Nativism and Non-nativism; 1.5 Part IV: Religion and (Im)Morality; 1.6 Part V: Morality Beyond Naturalism; References; Part I: Morality, Evolution and Rationality; Chapter 2: Rationality and Deceit: Why Rational Egoism Cannot Make Us Moral; 2.1 Human Cooperation and Evolutionary Altruism
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 Social Preferences Versus Selfish Cooperation2.3 Selfishness and Deceit; 2.4 A Theory of Morality as Disguised Selfishness; 2.5 Cooperation in a World of Selfish Agents; 2.6 Fallible Mind Reading Makes Our Value System Emerge; References; Chapter 3: Two Problems of Cooperation; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 What Is Cooperation?; 3.3 The Descriptive Problem; 3.4 The Normative Problem; 3.5 Connecting the Descriptive and the Normative; 3.6 Implications of the Convergence; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: The Importance of Commitment for Morality: How Harry Frankfurt's Concept of Care Contributes to Rational Choice Theory4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Puzzling Distance Between Morality and Economics; 4.3 Rational Choice Theory and Its Limitations; 4.4 Sen's Concept of Commitment and Beyond; 4.5 Sen's Concept of Meta-rankings; 4.6 Frankfurt on Autonomy and Rationality; A Matter of Caring (Not Desiring Alone); 4.7 Care and Morality: Opportunities for RCT; 4.8 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 5: Quantified Coherence of Moral Beliefs as Predictive Factor for Moral Agency
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.1 Coherence - From an Intuition to a Quantified Concept5.2 Coherence in Psychology; 5.3 The Suggestion of Paul Thagard; 5.4 Our Definition of Coherence; 5.5 Comparison to the Proposal of Thagard; 5.6 Outlining the (Possible) Causal Role of Coherence; 5.7 Coherence Types of Moral Belief Systems; 5.8 Conclusion; Appendix: Exposition of the Measure and Operationalization; References; Part II: Morality and the Continuity Between Human and Nonhuman Primates; Chapter 6: Animal Morality and Human Morality; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Definition of Morality; 6.3 Clusters of Moral Behaviour
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.4 Empathy, Concern for Others, and Helping Behaviour6.5 Behavioural Regularities and Norms; 6.6 Guidance by Norms in Human Morality; 6.7 Motivation by Moral Norms; 6.8 Disapproval and Punishment; 6.9 Animal Morality and Human Morality; 6.10 Animal Ethics and Animal Morality; 6.11 Conclusion; References; Chapter 7: Two Kinds of Moral Competence: Moral Agent, Moral Judge; 7.1 What Makes Us Moral? And the Continuism/ Discontinuism Debate; 7.2 The Epistemic Argument Against the Moral Agency/Moral Judgment Dissociation; 7.2.1 The Epistemic Conditions for Moral Responsibility
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.2.2 Moral Knowledge and Acting for Good Reasons
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 170
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400765375
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 762 p. 17 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: History, Philosophy and Theory of the Life Sciences 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Kampourakis, Kostas The Philosophy of Biology
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Study and teaching ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Biology Philosophy ; Science Study and teaching
    Abstract: This book brings together for the first time philosophers of biology to write about some of the most central concepts and issues in their field from the perspective of biology education. The chapters of the book cover a variety of topics ranging from traditional ones, such as biological explanation, biology and religion or biology and ethics, to contemporary ones, such as genomics, systems biology or evolutionary developmental biology. Each of the 30 chapters covers the respective philosophical literature in detail and makes specific suggestions for biology education. The aim of this book is to inform biology educators, undergraduate and graduate students in biology and related fields, students in teacher training programs, and curriculum developers about the current state of discussion on the major topics in the philosophy of biology and its implications for teaching biology. In addition, the book can be valuable to philosophers of biology as an introductory text in undergraduate and graduate courses
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Contents; Contributors; Philosophy of Biology and Biology Education: An Introduction; 1 Prolegomena: The Rationale and Aims of this Book; 2 The Science of Life; 3 The Nature of Evolutionary Theory; 4 Evolutionary Theory and Religion; 5 Evolution at the Molecular Level; 6 Evolution and Development; 7 Integrating Levels: Taking Ecology and Microbiology Seriously into Account; 8 Conceptual Obstacles to Understanding Evolution: Essentialism and Teleology; 9 "Proximate" Phenomena: Functions, Mechanisms, Information and the Systemic Approach in Biology
    Description / Table of Contents: 10 Genetics: Beyond Mendel and Genetic Determinism11 Biology and Ethics; What Is Life?; 1 Introduction; 2 Concepts and Definitions: From Philosophy to Science; 3 Limitations of Our Current Understanding of Life; 4 Searching for Alternative Forms of Life; 5 Conclusion; References; Biological Explanation; 1 Introduction; 2 Biology and Philosophical Accounts of Explanation; 3 Explanation and Scientific Practice; 4 Conclusion: Teaching About Biological Explanation; 4.1 Suggestion 1: Do Not Overly Emphasize Laws When Thinking About Biology Explanations
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2 Suggestion 2: Explicitly Motivate Forms of Explanation That Are Common in Biology4.3 Suggestion 3: Resist the Temptation to Simplify the Diversity of Approaches in Biology and Their Apparent Incompatibility; 4.4 Suggestion 4: Explicitly Consider the Role of Models-Partial, Unrealistic Representation; 4.5 Suggestion 5: Emphasize Methodological Differences Over Seemingly Ideological Differences; Teach That a Plurality of Approaches Is Here to Stay; References; What Would Natural Laws in the Life Sciences Be?; 1 Introduction; 2 Laws of Nature: The Standard Picture
    Description / Table of Contents: 3 The Problem of Exceptions4 The Problem of Accidentalness; 5 Evolutionary Accidents as Laws of Certain Fields of Biology; 6 Conclusion; References; The Nature of Evolutionary Biology: At the Borderlands Between Historical and Experimental Science; 1 On the Scientific Status of Evolutionary Theory; 2 The Fisher-Wright Debates and the Importance of Stochastic Events in Evolution; 3 Gould and the Project for a Nomothetic Evolutionary Biology; 4 The Modern Study of Chance vs. Necessity; 5 The Philosophical Context: Cleland's Analysis
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 Conclusion: Chance and Necessity Within the Extended SynthesisReferences; Evolutionary Theory and the Epistemology of Science; 1 Introduction; 2 Epistemological Background; 2.1 The Traditional Account of Knowledge; 2.2 Evidence and Knowledge; 3 Objections to Evolutionary Theory; 3.1 Evolution Is a Mere Theory; 3.2 Evolution Is not Falsifiable; 3.3 Evolution Makes no Predictions; 3.4 Evolution Has Been Falsified; 4 The Evidence for Evolution; 5 Conclusions; References; Conceptual Change and the Rhetoric of Evolutionary Theory: 'Force Talk' as a Case Study and Challenge for Science Pedagogy
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 Conceptual Schemes and Darwin's Interacting Metaphors
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword; Michael Ruse -- Philosophy of Biology and Biology Education: An Introduction; Kostas Kampourakis -- What is life?; Carol Cleland and Michael Zerella -- Biological Explanation; Angela Potochnik -- What would Natural Laws in the Life Sciences be?;  Marc Lange -- The Nature of Evolutionary Biology: at the borderlands between Historical and Experimental Science; Massimo Pigliucci -- Evolutionary Theory and the Epistemology of Science; Kevin McCain & Brad Weslake -- Conceptual Change and the Rhetoric of Evolutionary Theory: ‘Force Talk’ as a case study and Challenge for Science Pedagogy; David Depew -- Debating the Power and Scope of Adaptation; Patrick Forber -- Biology and Religion: The Case for Evolution, Francisco Ayala -- The Implications of Evolutionary Biology for Religious Belief; Denis Alexander -- Intelligent Design and the Nature of Science: Philosophical and Pedagogical Points, Ingo Brigandt -- Molecular Evolution, Michael Dietrich -- Educational Lessons from Evolutionary Properties of the Sexual Genome; John Avise -- Non-genetic Inheritance and Evolution; Tobias Uller -- Homology, Alessandro Minelli & Giuseppe Fusco -- Teaching Evolutionary Developmental Biology: Concepts, Problems and Controversy; Alan Love -- Philosophical Issues in Ecology, James Justus -- Small Things, Big Consequences: Microbiological Perspectives on Biology; Michael J. Duncan, Pierrick Bourrat, Jennifer DeBerardinis, & Maureen O’ Malley -- Essentialism in Biology; John Wilkins -- Biological Teleology: the Need for History; James Lennox & Kostas Kampourakis -- Biology's Functional Perspective: Roles, Advantages and Organization; Arno Wouters -- Understanding Biological Mechanisms: Using Illustrations from Circadian Rhythm Research; William Bechtel -- Information in the Biological Sciences; Alfredo Marcos and Robert Arp -- Systems Biology and Education; Pierre Alain Braillard -- Putting Mendel in His Place: How Curriculum Reform in Genetics and Counterfactual History of Science Can Work Together; Annie Jamieson & Gregory Radick -- Against “Genes For”: Could an Inclusive Concept of Genetic Material Effectively Replace Gene Concepts?; Richard Burian & Kostas Kampourakis -- Current Thinking about Nature and Nurture, David Moore -- Genomics and Society: Why “Discovery” Matters; Lisa Gannett -- Philosophical Issues in Human Pluripotent Stem Cell Research; Andrew Siegel -- Ethics in Biomedical Research and Practice; Anya Plutynski -- Environmental Ethics; Roberta Millstein.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 171
    ISBN: 9789400763623
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (X, 252 p. 43 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Educational Linguistics 16
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Language and languages ; Fremdsprachenlernen ; Universalgrammatik
    Abstract: This book proposes that research into generative second language acquisition (GenSLA) can be applied to the language classroom. Assuming that Universal Grammar plays a role in second language development, it explores generalisations from GenSLA research. The book aims to build bridges between the fields of generative second language acquisition, applied linguistics, and language teaching; and it shows how GenSLA is poised to engage with researchers of second language learning outside the generative paradigm. Each chapter of Universal Grammar and the Second Language Classroom showcases ways in which GenSLA research can inform language pedagogy. Some chapters include classroom research that tests the effectiveness of teaching particular linguistic phenomena. Others review existing research findings, discussing how these findings are useful for language pedagogy. All chapters show how generative linguistics can enhance teachers’ expertise in language and second language development. “This groundbreaking volume ably takes on the gap that currently exists between generative linguistic theory in second language acquisition (GenSLA) and second language pedagogy, by gathering chapters from GenSLA researchers who are interested in the relevance and potential application of their research to second/foreign language teaching. It offers a welcome and thought-provoking contribution to any discussion of the relation between linguistic theory and practice. I recommend it not only for language teachers interested in deepening their understanding of the formal properties of the languages they teach, but also for linguists interested in following up on more practical consequences of the fruits of their theoretical and empirical research.” Donna Lardiere, Georgetown University, Washington DC, USA. NNMMIMH
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgement; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction: Generative Second Language Acquisition and Language Pedagogy; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Conceptual Foundations; 1.2.1 Generative Linguistic Theory; 1.2.2 Generative Second Language Acquisition; 1.3 Overview of the Volume; 1.3.1 Part I: GenSLA Applied to the Classroom; 1.3.2 Part II: GenSLA and Classroom Research; 1.3.3 Part III: GenSLA, the Language Classroom and Beyond; References; Part I: GenSLA Applied to the Classroom; Chapter 2: What Research Can Tell Us About Teaching: The Case of Pronouns and Clitics; 2.1 Introduction
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 Object Pronouns in Spanish2.3 Research on the Position of Clitics; 2.4 Application to Language Teaching; References; Chapter 3: L2 Acquisition of Null Subjects in Japanese: A New Generative Perspective and Its Pedagogical Implications; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Null Subjects in Generative Syntax; 3.2.1 Previous Literature; 3.2.2 Null Subjects in Japanese; 3.3 The L2 Data; 3.3.1 Research Questions; 3.3.2 Experiment; 3.3.3 Participants, Procedure, and Method of Analysis; 3.3.4 Results of the Experiment; 3.4 Discussion; 3.4.1 Why "Focus on Form"?; 3.4.2 Further Pedagogical Implications
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5 SummaryReferences; Chapter 4: Verb Movement in Generative SLA and the Teaching of Word Order Patterns; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Linguistic and Theoretical Foundations; 4.2.1 The Linguistic Background; 4.2.2 Full Transfer/Full Access; 4.2.3 The Learning/Acquisition Distinction; 4.3 Input, Negative Evidence, and Grammar Restructuring; 4.3.1 Resetting the Verb-Movement Parameter; 4.3.2 Losing Verb Second; 4.3.3 The Difficulties of English Word Order; 4.4 Teaching English Word Order; 4.4.1 Grammaring Word Order; 4.4.1.1 Adverbs; 4.4.1.2 Verb Second; 4.5 Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Modifying the Teaching of Modifiers: A Lesson from Universal Grammar5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Hierarchies of Modifiers: Beyond the Textbook; 5.3 L2 Acquisition of P-Modifier Order; 5.3.1 Experiment I: Aladdin Preference Task; 5.3.2 Experiment II: Aladdin Grammaticality Judgment Task; 5.4 L2 Acquisition of Adjective Order; 5.5 Conclusion; 5.6 Appendix I: The Aladdin Slides; References; Chapter 6: The Syntax-Discourse Interface and the Interface Between Generative Theory and Pedagogical Approaches to SLA; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 Interface Properties
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.3 Topic-Comment Structures in Spanish and English6.3.1 Learnability and Interface Properties; 6.4 Methodology; 6.4.1 Research Questions; 6.4.2 Participants; 6.4.3 Tasks; 6.4.3.1 Sentence Selection Task; 6.4.3.2 Sentence Completion Task; 6.4.4 Results; 6.4.4.1 Study 1, L2 Spanish: Sentence Selection Task; 6.4.4.2 Study 1, L2 Spanish: Sentence Completion Task; 6.4.4.3 Study 2, L2 English: Sentence Selection Task; 6.4.4.4 Study 2, L2 English: Sentence Completion Task; 6.5 Discussion and Implications for the L2 Classroom; 6.6 Conclusion; References; Part II: GenSLA and Classroom Research
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 7: Alternations and Argument Structure in Second Language English: Knowledge of Two Types of Intransitive Verbs
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 172
    ISBN: 9789400752498
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 221 p. 2 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Higher Education Dynamics 39
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Transformations in research, higher education and the academic market
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Economic policy ; Economics ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Economic policy ; Economics ; Education, Higher ; Economic aspects ; Education, Higher ; Finance ; Government aid to higher education ; Higher education and state ; Studium ; Finanzierung ; Öffentliche Förderung ; Wirtschaft ; Hochschule ; Europa ; Akademische Freiheit ; Wirtschaftlichkeit
    Abstract: This volume tackles head-on the controversy regarding the tensions between the principles underlying Academe on the one hand, and the free market on the other. Its outspoken thesis posits that seemingly irresistible institutional pressures are betraying a core principle of the Enlightenment: that the free pursuit of knowledge is of the highest value in its own right. As ‘market principles’ are forced on universities, inducing a neoteric culture of ‘managerialism’, many worry that the very characteristics that made European higher education in particular such a success are being eroded and replaced by ideological opportunism and economic expediency. Richly interdisciplinary, the anthology explores a wealth of issues such as the phenomenon of bibliometrics (linking an institution’s success to the volume and visibility of publications produced). Many argue that the use of such indicators to measure scientific value is inimical to the time-consuming complexities of genuine truth-seeking. A number of the greatest discoveries and innovations in the history of science, such as Newton’s laws of mechanics or the Mendelian laws of inheritance, might never have seen the light of day if today’s system of determining and defining the form and content of science had dominated. With analytical perspectives from political science, economics, philosophy and media studies, the collection interrogates, for example, the doctrine of graduate employability that exerts such a powerful influence on course type and structure, especially on technical and professional training. In contrast, the liberal arts must choose between adaptation to the dictates of employability strategies or wither away as enrollments dwindle and resources evaporate. Research projects and aims have also become an area of controversy, with many governments now assessing the value of proposals in terms of assumed commercial benefits. The contributors argue that these changes, as well as ‘reforms’ in the managerial and administrative structures in tertiary education, constitute a radical break with the previous ontology of science and scholarship: a change in its very character, and not merely its form. It shows that the ‘scientific thinking’ students, researchers, and scholars are encouraged to adopt is undergoing a rapid shift in conceptual content, with significant consequences not only for science, but also for the society of which it is a part.
    Description / Table of Contents: Transformations in Research,Higher Educationand the Academic Market; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction; Politics and Policy; Reregulation Through Deregulation; The Business of Research; The Business of Teaching; A Transformation Resulting in the Breakdown of Scienti fi c Thought; Part One: Politics and Policy; Part Two: Economic Models; Part Three: Research and Scholarship; Part Four: Higher Education; References; Part I: Politics and Policy; Chapter 2: Power, Knowledge, Morals: Society in the Age of Hybrid Research; Introduction; Politics; Gesinnungsethik: Ethics of Conviction
    Description / Table of Contents: Verantwortungsethik: Ethics of ResponsibilityScience and Research; Academic Norms and the Central Task of Science; Epistemic Drift and Poly-cratic Research Institutions; Mertonian Norms in the Information Society: The Medialization of Science; Bureaucracy; Administrators, Entrepreneurs, and Hybrid Research; From Rules to Targets, From Government to Governance; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Innovation and Control: Performative Research Policy in Sweden; Introduction; The Innovation Paradigm; The Document in the Case: Government Bill 2008/09:50; Change!; Innovation!; Competition!
    Description / Table of Contents: Performative Research PolicyReferences; Chapter 4: The Scientific Mission and the Freedom of Research; The Quest for Knowledge and Its Motive: Mission or Spontaneity?; The Scienti fi c Mission and the Free Inquiry; Research Regimes and the Conditions of Science; The Mission of the Human Sciences; References; Internet Publications; Printed Publications; Part II: Economic Models; Chapter 5: Contemporary Research and Innovation Policy: A Double Disservice?; Introduction; The Policy Practitioners' Complaint: A Point of Departure; The Innovation Policy Commission
    Description / Table of Contents: Systemic Features Addressed: But Only on an Aggregated 'Group' LevelPositive Effects for Academic Research: Engaged in 'Packaging' of Research Results; Negative Effects for Academic Research: Engaged in Indirect Utilisation; Positive Effects for Business: Engaged in 'Betting' on Research; Negative Effects for Business: Engaged in 'Muddling Through'; What Is Missing?; Innovation Takes Place in Relation to Speci fi c Others; Coping with the Different Economic Logic of 'Use', 'Supply' and 'Development'; The Need for Bene fi ts in a User Setting; The Need for Bene fi ts in a Supplying Setting
    Description / Table of Contents: Developing Settings Characterized by Search for New FunctionsA Limiting Innovation Policy; Rethinking Innovation Policy; Opportunities to Renew National Developing, Supplying and Using Networks; Opportunities to Renew Resources, Activities and Actors; Conclusion: The Need for an Innovation Policy that Addresses Network Forces, Which Have both Light and Dark Sides; References; Chapter 6: The Foundations of Knowledge According to the Knowledge Foundation; Introduction; The Knowledge Foundation; The Foundation's Key Strategy: Co-production; An Ideological Project
    Description / Table of Contents: Universities (Not) in the Interests of the Public
    Description / Table of Contents: Contributors -- 1. Introduction.- Part one: POLITICS AND POLICY.- 2. Power - knowledge - morals: Society in the age of hybrid research -- 3. Innovation and control: Performative research policy in Sweden -- 4. The scientific mission and the freedom of research -- Part two: ECONOMIC MODELS.- 5. Contemporary research and innovation policy: A double disservice? -- 6. The foundations of knowledge according to The knowledge foundation -- 7. Science policy in a socially embedded economy -- Part three: RESEARCH AND SCHOLARSHIP.- 8. Down the slippery-slope: The perils of the academic research industry -- 9. In defence of discretion -- 10. Publish and perish: A note on a collapsing academic authorship -- Part four: HIGHER EDUCATION.- 11. Methodomania -- 12. Higher heteronomy: Thinking through modern university education -- 13. The academic contract: From “simply a metaphor” to technology -- 14. Conclusion - On the verge of breakdown -- References -- Index. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 173
    ISBN: 9789400761100
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 270 p. 4 illus., 3 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: Law and Philosophy Library 107
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Coherence: insights from philosophy, jurisprudence and artificial intelligence
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Genetic epistemology ; Computers Law and legislation ; Law ; Law ; Genetic epistemology ; Computers Law and legislation ; Law ; Philosophy ; Sense of coherence ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Kohärenz ; Rechtsphilosophie
    Abstract: This book is a thorough treatise concerned with coherence and its significance in legal reasoning. The individual chapters present the topic from the general philosophical perspective, the perspective of legal-theory as well as the viewpoint of cognitive sciences and the research on artificial intelligence and law. As it has turned out the interchange of knowledge among these disciplines is very fruitful for each of them, providing mutual inspiration and increasing understanding of a given topic. This book is a unique resource for anyone interested in the concept of coherence and the role it plays in reasoning. As this book captures important contemporary issues concerning the ongoing discussion on coherence and law, those interested in legal reasoning should find it particularly helpful. By presenting such a broad scope of views and methods on approaching the issue of coherence we hope to promote the general interest in the topic as well as the academic research that centers around coherence and law.
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- About the Authors -- Table of Contents -- Three Kinds of Coherentism; Jaap Hage -- Coherence and Reliability in Judicial Reasoning; Stefan Schubert and Erik J. Olsson -- Coherence and Probability: A Probabilistic Account of Coherence; William Roche -- Coherence: An Outline in Six Metaphors and Four Rules; Juan Manuel Peréz Bermejo -- Legal Interpretation and Coherence; Bartosz Brożek -- Normative Inconsistency and Logical Theories. A First Critique of Defeasibilism; Giovanni Battista Ratti -- The Third Theory of Legal Objectivity; Aldo Schiavello -- Pattern Languages & Institutional Facts.Functions and Coherences in the Law; Kenneth Ehrenberg -- Consistency and Coherence in the “Hypertext” of Law. A Textological Approach; Wojciech Cyrul -- Case Classification, Similarities, Spaces of Reasons, and Coherences; Marcello Guarini -- Coherence as Constraint Satisfaction: Judicial Reasoning Support Mechanism; Jaromír Šavelka -- Limits of Constraint Satisfaction Theory of Coherence as a Theory of (Legal) Reasoning; Michał Araszkiewicz -- Ten Theses on Coherence in Law; Amalia Amaya.  Introduction -- About the Authors -- Table of Contents -- Three Kinds of Coherentism; Jaap Hage -- Coherence and Reliability in Judicial Reasoning; Stefan Schubert and Erik J. Olsson -- Coherence and Probability: A Probabilistic Account of Coherence; William Roche -- Coherence: An Outline in Six Metaphors and Four Rules; Juan Manuel Peréz Bermejo -- Legal Interpretation and Coherence; Bartosz Brożek -- Normative Inconsistency and Logical Theories. A First Critique of Defeasibilism; Giovanni Battista Ratti -- The Third Theory of Legal Objectivity; Aldo Schiavello -- Pattern Languages & Institutional Facts.Functions and Coherences in the Law; Kenneth Ehrenberg -- Consistency and Coherence in the “Hypertext” of Law. A Textological Approach; Wojciech Cyrul -- Case Classification, Similarities, Spaces of Reasons, and Coherences; Marcello Guarini -- Coherence as Constraint Satisfaction: Judicial Reasoning Support Mechanism; Jaromír Šavelka -- Limits of Constraint Satisfaction Theory of Coherence as a Theory of (Legal) Reasoning; Michał Araszkiewicz -- Ten Theses on Coherence in Law; Amalia Amaya.  .
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 174
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400742765
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXI, 636 p. 29 illus, digital)
    Edition: 2nd ed. 2013
    Series Statement: Handbooks of Sociology and Social Research
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Handbook of the sociology of mental health
    Parallel Title: Print version Handbook of the Sociology of Mental Health
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Public health ; Psychiatry ; Psychology, clinical ; Consciousness ; Social Sciences ; Social psychiatry ; Mental illness ; Social aspects ; Psychische Störung ; Psychische Gesundheit ; Medizinsoziologie
    Abstract: This second edition of the Handbook of the Sociology of Mental Health features theory-driven reviews of recent research with a comprehensive approach to the investigation of the ways in which society shapes the mental health of its members and the lives of those who have been diagnosed as having a mental illnessThe award-winning Handbook is distinctive in its focus on how the organization and functioning of society influences the occurrence of mental disorder and its consequences. A core issue that runs throughout the text concerns the differential distribution of mental illness across various social strata, defined by status characteristics such as gender, race/ethnicity, socioeconomic status, and age. The contributions to this volume shed light on the social, cultural, and economic factors that explain why some social groups have an elevated risk of disorder. They also address the social repercussions of mental disorder for individuals, including stigmatization within the larger society, and for their families and social networks.The second edition of this seminal volume includes substantial updates to previous chapters, as well as seven new chapters on: -The Individuals Experience of Mental Illness.--The Medicalization of Mental Illness.---Age, Aging, and Mental Health.- -Religion and Mental Health.- -Neighborhoods and Mental Health.- -Mental Health and the Lawand Public Beliefs about Mental Illness.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 175
    ISBN: 9789400751736 , 1283935961 , 9781283935968
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 182 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Brain and Mind 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Irvine, Elizabeth Consciousness as a scientific concept
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Psychological tests and testing ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of mind ; Science Philosophy ; Psychological tests and testing ; Consciousness physiology ; Consciousness ; Bewusstsein ; Philosophie ; Naturwissenschaften ; Bewusstsein ; Philosophie ; Naturwissenschaften
    Abstract: The source of endless speculation and public curiosity, our scientific quest for the origins of human consciousness has expanded along with the technical capabilities of science itself and remains one of the key topics able to fire public as much as academic interest. Yet many problematic issues, identified in this important new book, remain unresolved. Focusing on a series of methodological difficulties swirling around consciousness research, the contributors to this volume suggest that ‘consciousness’ is, in fact, not a wholly viable scientific concept. Supporting this ‘eliminativist‘ stance are assessments of the current theories and methods of consciousness science in their own terms, as well as applications of good scientific practice criteria from the philosophy of science. For example, the work identifies the central problem of the misuse of qualitative difference and dissociation paradigms, often deployed to identify measures of consciousness. It also examines the difficulties that attend the wide range of experimental protocols used to operationalise consciousness-and the implications this has on the findings of integrative approaches across behavioural and neurophysiological research. The work also explores the significant mismatch between the common intuitions about the content of consciousness, that motivate much of the current science, and the actual properties of the neural processes underlying sensory and cognitive phenomena. Even as it makes the negative eliminativist case, the strong empirical grounding in this volume also allows positive characterisations to be made about the products of the current science of consciousness, facilitating a re-identification of target phenomena and valid research questions for the mind sciences.​
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Introduction: The Science of Consciousness -- 2. Subjective Measures of Consciousness -- 3. Measures of Consciousness and the Method of Qualitative Differences -- 4. Dissociations and Consciousness -- 5. Converging on Consciousness -- 6. Mechanisms of Consciousness and Scientific Kinds -- 7. Content-Matching: The case of Sensory memory and phenomenal consciousness -- 8. Content-Matching: The contents of what? -- 9. Scientific Eliminativism: Why there can be no Science of Consciousness -- 10. Conclusion -- Appendix: Dice Game -- ​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 176
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400714946
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXVI, 1582 p. eReference, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Lütge, Christoph, 1969 - Handbook of the Philosophical Foundations of Business Ethics
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Economics ; Philosophy (General) ; Law—Philosophy. ; Law—History. ; Philosophy (General) ; Economics ; Ethics ; Ethics ; Philosophy ; Business ; Management science. ; Law ; Law ; Wirtschaftsethik ; Unternehmensethik ; Geschichte
    Abstract: Aristotelian Foundations of Business Ethics -- Scholastic Thought and Business Ethics -- Morality and Self-Interest I: Hume, Smith and the Scottish Enlightenment -- Morality and Self-Interest II: Contemporary Perspectives -- Kantian and Hegelian Thoughts on Business Ethics -- Marxist Thoughts on Business Ethics -- Contemporary Continental Philosophy and Business Ethics -- Christian Foundations of Business Ethics -- Jewish Foundations of Business Ethics -- Islamic Foundations of Business Ethics -- Eastern Cultural, Philosophical and Religious Foundations of Business Ethics -- Discourse Ethics and Business -- Contractarianism -- Sen’s “Capabilities”, Poverty and Economic Welfare -- Human Rights, Globalization and Business Ethics -- Gender Issues and Business Ethics -- Justice and Business Ethics -- Philosophical Issues of Sustainability and the Environment -- Free Markets, Morality and Business Ethics -- Property Rights: Material and Intellectual -- Philosophical Issues of Management and Corporations -- Methodology and Business Ethics
    Abstract: The Handbook of Business Ethics: Philosophical Foundations is a standard interdisciplinary reference handbook in the field of business ethics. Articles by notable philosophers and economists examine fundamental concepts, theories and questions of business ethics: Are morality and self-interest compatible? What is meant by a just price? What did the Scholastic philosophers think about business? The handbook will cover the entire philosophical basis of business ethics. Articles range from historical positions such as Aristotelianism, Kantianism and Marxism to systematic issues like justice, religious issues, rights and globalisation or gender. The book is intended as a reference work for academics, students (esp. graduate), and professionals
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 177
    ISBN: 9789400748019
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 358 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Analecta Husserliana, The Yearbook of Phenomenological Research
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Phenomenology and the human positioning in the cosmos
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Metaphysics ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Metaphysics ; Phenomenology ; Philosophy ; Konferenzschrift 2011 ; Phänomenologie ; Weltall ; Natur
    Abstract: The classic conception of human transcendental consciousness assumes its self-supporting existential status within the horizon of life-world, nature and earth. Yet this assumed absoluteness does not entail the nature of its powers, neither their constitutive force. This latter call for an existential source reaching beyond the generative life-world network. Transcendental consciousness, having lost its absolute status (its point of reference) it is the role of the logos to lay down the harmonious positioning in the cosmic sphere of the all, establishing an original foundation of phenomenology in the primogenital ontopoiesis of life
    Description / Table of Contents: PHENOMENOLOGY AND THE HUMAN POSITIONING IN THE COSMOS; Acknowledgements; Contents; Cosmo-Transcendental Positioning of the Living Being in the Universe in Anna-Teresa Tymieniecka's New Enlightenment; Part I; Cosmos, the Meaningful Construct; Cosmos, a Design with Meaning: Plato; Will, a Natural Power: Epicurus; Meaning and Value in Modern Science; Competing Concepts of the Cosmos in the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries; Humanists, Classical Revival and the Hermetic Tradition; Bacon, the Paracelsans and the Organic Tradition; Descartes and the Mechanical Tradition
    Description / Table of Contents: Henry More, Anne Conway and KabbalahCosmos and Scientific Practices in Ancient Greek and Ancient Chinese Thought: A Comparative Interpretation; Ch'i and Li Versus Conflicting Forces and Laws; Ch'i and Li; A Comparative Interpretation; Part II; Apel's Project of Cognitive Anthropology for Non-Western World and a Supplement of Muslim Proposal; Apel's Cognitive Anthropology; Ahistoricality of Meanings and the Islamic-Hermeneutic Reflexivity; Conclusion; El Horizonte Rítmico Del Lenguaje (Trasfondo Fenomenológico En Las Coplas De Jorge Manrique); Kinds of Guise Bundles
    Description / Table of Contents: Towards a Rough Doctrine of Guise-Bundle CategoriesBibliography; Enmeshed Experience in Architecture: Understanding the Affordances of the Old Galata Bridge in Istanbul; Introduction; Interpretive Framework for Enmeshed Experience; Understanding the Affordances of Istanbul and the Old Galata Bridge; Concluding Remarks; References; Part III; Plato on Return to the Nature; Bibliography; Nature's Value and Nature's Future; Towards the Wholes (Holism); Nature's Future; Anna-Teresa Tymieniecka's Views and Environmental Ethics; References
    Description / Table of Contents: (Mis)Triangulated Human Positioning in the Cosmos: (Un)Covering the (Meta) Physical Identity of Agents of Good and Evil in Head and SilkoReferences; Beyond the Human-Nature Dualism: Towards a Concept of Nature as Part of the Life-World; Introduction; Settling the Dualism: Descartes' Dream; Husserl's Criticism: How a Dream Became a Crisis; Beyond the Divide; Conclusion; References; Metaphysics and the Concept of World in Rudolph Carnap and Moritz Schlick; Construction Theory and the Elementarerlebnisse; The Physical Account Provided in Weltbegriff and the Psychical Dimension
    Description / Table of Contents: About the Experience and Objectivity of Factual "States of Affairs"Part IV; Nature: Sealing the Humanness. Applying Phenomenology of Life to a Romanian Artistic Work; References; The Path of Truth: From Absolute to Reality, from Point to Circle; Introduction; The Point According to Medieval Eastern and Western Thinkers; The Creation Process from the Absolute to the Relative; The Process of Cognition - From the Point to the Circle; Conclusion; References; Newton's Phenomena and Malay Cosmology: A Comparative Perspective; Introduction; Newton's Cosmology; Malay Cosmology; Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Peering Through the Keyhole (The Phenomenology and Ontology of Cyberspace in Contemporary Societies)
    Description / Table of Contents: INTRODUCTION -- Cosmo-Transcendental Positioning of the Living Being in the Universe in Anna-Teresa Tymieniecka’s New Enlightenment; Jadwiga S. Smith -- SECTION I -- Cosmos, the Meaningful Construct; Halil Turan -- Competing Conceptions of the Cosmos in the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries; Oliver W. Holmes -- Call of Philosophising as “Dichten”: Writing-Voicing-Listening-Reciting in Pace with the Rhyming Pulse of Cosmos as Tota Simulteitas; Erkut Sezgin -- "Cosmos" and Scientific Practices in Ancient Greek and Ancient Chinese Thought: A Comparative Interpretation; Sinan Kadir Celik -- SECTION 2 -- Apel's Project of Cognitive Anthropology for Non-Western World and a Supplement of Muslim Proposal; Abdul Rahim Afaki -- The Rhythmic Horizon of Language (Phenomenological Foundations of Jorge Manrique’s Coplas); Antonio Dominguez Rey -- A Subjectivist Inquiry Concerning Intrinsic Value in Environmental Ethics; Ayhan Sol and Selma Aydin Bayram -- Kinds of Guise Bundles; Semiha Akinci -- Enmeshed Experience in Architecture: Understanding the Affordances of the Old Galata Bridge in Istanbul; Semra Aydinly -- SECTION III -- Plato on Return to the Nature; Olena Shkubulyani -- Nature’s Value and Nature’s Future; Leszek Pyra -- (Mis)Triangulated Human Positioning in the Cosmos: (Un)Covering the (Meta)Physical Identity of Agents of Good and Evil in Head and Silko; Imafedia Okhamafe -- Beyond the Human-Nature Dualism.  Towards a Concept of Nature as Part of the Life-World; Karen Francois -- Metaphysics and the Concept of World in Rudolph Carnap and Moritz Schlick; Giuseppina Sgueglia -- SECTION IV -- Nature, Sealing the Humanness.  Applying Phenomenology of Life to a Romanian Artistic Work Carmen Cozma -- The Path of Truth: from Absolute to Reality, from Point to Circle; Konul Bunyadzade -- Newton's Phenomena and Malay Cosmology: A Comparative Perspective; A.L. Samian -- Peering Through the Keyhole (The Phenomenology and Ontology of Cyberspace in Contemporary Societies); J.C. Couceiro-Bueno -- SECTION V -- Reason and as the Frames and Partitions of the Temple of Life; Salahaddin Khalilov -- Direct Intuition: Strategies of Knowledge in the Phenomenology of Life, with Reference to the Philosophy of Illumination; Olga Louchakova-Schwartz -- What the Lake Said.  Amiel's New Phenomenology and Nature; Daria Gosek -- How Can Sisyphus be Happy with His Fate?; Sibel Oktar -- ADMINISTRATIVE APPENDIX -- Introducing Letter from Daniela Verducci Upon Her Inauguration as Vice-President of the World Phenomenology Institute (June 28, 2011); Daniela Verducci.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 178
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400746237
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 277 p. 51 illus., 10 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: Understanding Population Trends and Processes 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Spatial microsimulation
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Geography ; Economics Statistics ; Quality of Life Research ; Demography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Quality of Life ; Geography ; Economics Statistics ; Quality of Life Research ; Demography ; Spatial analysis (Statistics) ; Space ; Computer simulation ; Statistical matching ; Demography ; Demographie ; Räumliche Statistik ; Mikrosimulation
    Abstract: This book is a practical guide on how to design, create and validate a spatial microsimulation model. These models are becoming more popular as academics and policy makers recognise the value of place in research and policy making. Recent spatial microsimulation models have been used to analyse health and social disadvantage for small areas; and to look at the effect of policy change for small areas. This provides a powerful analysis tool for researchers and policy makers. This book covers preparing the data for spatial microsimulation; a number of methods for both static and dynamic spatial microsimulation models; validation of the models to ensure the outputs are reasonable; and the future of spatial microsimulation. The book will be an essential handbook for any researcher or policy maker looking to design and create a spatial microsimulation model. This book will also be useful to those policy makers who are commissioning a spatial microsimulation model, or looking to commission work using a spatial microsimulation model, as it provides information on the different methods in a non-technical way.
    Description / Table of Contents: Spatial Microsimulation: A Reference Guide for Users; Foreword; Contents; Part I: Background; Chapter 1: Introduction to Spatial Microsimulation: History, Methods and Applications; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 History of Spatial Microsimulation; 1.3 Applications of Spatial Microsimulation Models; 1.4 Validation of Spatial Microsimulation Models; 1.5 The Future; 1.6 Conclusion; References; Chapter 2: Building a Static Spatial Microsimulation Model: Data Preparation; 2.1 Data Sources and Requirements; 2.2 Sample Scope; 2.3 Unit of Analysis; 2.3.1 Non-private Dwellings
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.2 Non-classifiable Households2.4 Population Imputation; 2.4.1 Imputation of Child Records; 2.4.2 Imputation of a Non-private Dwelling Population; 2.5 Matching Variable Definitions in the Sample Survey and the Census; 2.6 Uprating and Deflating; 2.7 Balancing Data; 2.8 Conclusion; References; Part II: Static Spatial Microsimulation Models; Chapter 3: An Evaluation of Two Synthetic Small-Area Microdata Simulation Methodologies: Synthetic Reconstruction and Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.1 Background; 3.2 Synthetic Reconstruction and Combinatorial Optimisation Methodologies
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.1 Synthetic Reconstruction3.2.2 Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.3 Innovations in Synthetic Reconstruction; 3.3.1 Modified Monte Carlo Sampling; 3.3.2 Statistical Justification of Reconstruction Order; 3.3.3 Modelled 100% Counts of 10% Data; 3.3.4 Improved Data Linkage; 3.3.5 Data Reconciliation; 3.4 Innovations in Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.4.1 Validated Random Number Generation; 3.4.2 Sequential Table Fitting; 3.4.3 Stratified Household Selection; 3.4.4 RSSZ*: A New Selection Criterion; 3.4.5 Stopping Rules; 3.5 Understanding Between-Area Variation; 3.5.1 Spatial Concentration
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.5.2 Multicollinearity3.6 A Framework for Validating Small-Area Microdata; 3.6.1 Identification of Appropriate Measures of Fit; 3.6.2 Innovations in Types of Fit Measured; 3.7 The Impact on Combinatorial Optimisation of Selected Improvements; 3.7.1 Substitution of TAE with RSSZ *; 3.7.2 Stratified Household Selection; 3.8 Synthetic Reconstruction vs. Combinatorial Optimisation; 3.8.1 ED-Level Mean Fit; 3.8.2 ED-Level Fit of the Mean; 3.8.3 Ward-Level Fit; 3.8.4 Fit of Unconstrained Counts; 3.9 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: Estimating Small-Area Income Deprivation : An Iterative Proportional Fitting Approach4.1 Background; 4.2 Small-Area Income Estimation Methods; 4.3 The Iterative Proportion Fitting Approach; 4.3.1 Definition of Income; 4.3.2 Choice of Constraint Variables; 4.3.3 Small-Area IPF Algorithm Implementation; 4.4 Results; 4.5 Validation; 4.6 Conclusions and Future Directions; References; Chapter 5: SimObesity: Combinatorial Optimisation (Deterministic) Model; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Why Use Spatial Microsimulation Modelling to Model Disease Data?; 5.2.1 Why Use a Deterministic Model?
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.3 SimObesity Methodology
    Description / Table of Contents: Part 1: Background: Chapter 1: Introduction to spatial microsimulation - History, Methods and Applications: Robert Tanton and Kimberley Edwards -- Chapter 2: Building a static spatial microsimulation model: data preparation: Rebecca Cassells, Riyana Miranti and Ann Harding -- Part 2: Static spatial microsimulation models -- Chapter 3: An Evaluation of Two Synthetic Small-Area Microdata simulation methodologies: Synthetic Reconstruction and Combinatorial Optimisation methodologies: Paul Williamson -- Chapter 4: Estimating Small Area Income Deprivation: An Iterative Proportional Fitting Approach: Ben Anderson -- Chapter 5: SimObesity: Combinatorial Optimisation (deterministic) model: Kimberley Edwards and Graham Clarke -- Chapter 6: Spatial Microsimulation using a generalised regression model: Robert Tanton, Ann Harding and Justine McNamara -- Chapter 7: Creating a Spatial Microsimulation model of the Irish Local Economy: Niall Farrell, Karyn Morrissey and Cathal O’Donoghue -- Chapter 8: Linking static spatial microsimulation modelling to meso-scale models: The Relationship between Access to GP services & Long Term Illness: Karyn Morrissey, Graham Clarke and Cathal O’Donoghue -- Chapter 9: Projections using a static Spatial Microsimulation model: Yogi Vidyattama and Robert Tanton -- Chapter 10: Limits of static Spatial Microsimulation models: Robert Tanton and Kimberley Edwards -- Part 3: Dynamic spatial microsimulation models -- Chapter 11: Moses: A dynamic spatial microsimulation model for demographic planning: Belinda Wu and Mark Birkin -- Chapter 12: Design principles for micro models: Einar Holm and Kalle Mäkilä -- Chapter 13: SimEducation: a dynamic spatial microsimulation model for understanding educational inequalities: Dimitris Kavroudakis, Dimitris Ballas and Mark Birkin -- Chapter 14: Challenges for spatial dynamic microsimulation modelling: Mark Birkin -- Part 4: Validation of spatial microsimulation models and conclusion -- Chapter 15: Validation of spatial microsimulation models: Kimberley Edwards and Robert Tanton -- Chapter 16: Conclusions and the future of spatial microsimulation modelling: Graham Clarke and Ann Harding..
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 179
    ISBN: 9789400749146
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVIII, 516 p. 185 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Artificial intelligence ; Social sciences Methodology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Artificial intelligence ; Social sciences Methodology
    Abstract: This book provides a thorough summary of the means currently available to the investigators of Artificial Intelligence for making criminal behavior (both individual and collective) foreseeable, and for assisting their investigative capacities. The volume provides chapters on the introduction of artificial intelligence and machine learning suitable for an upper level undergraduate with exposure to mathematics and some programming skill or a graduate course. It also brings the latest research in Artificial Intelligence to life with its chapters on fascinating applications in the area of law enforcement, though much is also being accomplished in the fields of medicine and bioengineering. Individuals with a background in Artificial Intelligence will find the opening chapters to be an excellent refresher but the greatest excitement will likely be the law enforcement examples, for little has been done in that area. The editors have chosen to shine a bright light on law enforcement analytics utilizing artificial neural network technology to encourage other researchers to become involved in this very important and timely field of study.
    Description / Table of Contents: Dedication -- Preface.- Chapter 1. Introduction to Artificial Networks and Law Enforcement Analytics; William J. Tastle -- Chapter 2. Law Enforcement and Artificial Intelligence; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 3. The General Philosophy of Artificial Adaptive Systems; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 4. A Brief Introduction to Evolutionary Algorithms and the Genetic Doping Algorithm; M. Buscema, M. Capriotti -- Chapter 5. Artificial Adaptive Systems in Data Visualization: Pro-Active data; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 6. The Metropolitan Police Service Central Drug Trafficking Database: Evidence of Need; Geoffrey Monaghan and Stefano Terzi -- Chapter 7. Supervised Artificial neural Networks: Back Propagation Neural Networks; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 8. Pre-Processing Tools for Non-Linear Data Sets; Massimo Buscema, Alessandra Mancini and Marco Breda -- Chapter 9. Metaclassifiers; Massimo Buscema, Stefano Terzi -- Chapter 10. Auto Identification of a Drug Seller Utilizing a Specialized Supervised Neural Network; Massimo Buscema and Marco Intraligi -- Chapter 11. Visualization and Clustering of Self-Organizing Maps; Giulia Massini -- Chapter 12. Self-Organizing Maps: Identifying Non-Linear Relationships in Massive Drug Enforcement Databases; Guila Massini -- Chapter 13. Theory of Constraint Satisfaction Neural Networks; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 14. Application of the Constraint Satisfaction Network; Marco Intraligi and Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 15. Auto-Contractive Maps, h Function and the Maximally regular Graph: A new methodology for data mining; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 16. Analysis of a Complex Dataset Using the Combined MST and Auto Contractive Map; Giovanni Pieri -- Chapter 17. Auto Contractive Mapsand Minimal Spanning tree: Organization of Complex datasets on criminal behavior to aid in the deduction of network connectivity; Giula Massini and Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 18. Data Mining Using Non-linear Auto Associative Artificial Neural Networks: The Arrestee Dataset; Massimo Buscema -- Chapter 19. Artificial Adaptive System for Parallel Querying of Multiple Databases; Massimo Buscema.-.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 180
    ISBN: 9789400749757
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 301 p. 12 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Changing Academy – The Changing Academic Profession in International Comparative Perspective 6
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Institutionalization of world-class university in global competition
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Universities and colleges ; Sociological aspects ; Universities and colleges ; Case studies ; Comparative education
    Abstract: Moving the academic debate on from its current focus on development to a more nuanced sociological perspective, this fresh research is a collaboration between academics in Asia and Europe that assesses the factors shaping world-class universities as institutional social systems as well as national cultural treasures. The work explores in detail how WCUs have moved to a central position in policy circles, and how these often ambitious government policies on WCUs have been interpreted and adopted by university administrators and individual professors.The authors provide a wealth of empirical data on universities, both world-class and aiming for WCU status, in a range of politics and continents. They compare strategies for developing WCUs in countries of the East and the West, both developing and developed. Nations featured in the statistical purview include nine countries (Germany, France, Japan, South Korea, China, Taiwan, Malaysia, Singapore and Hong Kong SAR). The volume goes further than merely taking a snapshot of the current situation, offering detailed and considered strategies and rationales for institutionalizing and developing WCUs, particularly in Asian countries where Confucian cultural influences accord education the highest priority.
    Description / Table of Contents: Institutionalization of World-Class Universityin Global Competition; Preface; Acknowledgement; Contents; Chapter 1: The World-Class University in Different Systems and Contexts; 1.1 Global Competition and the World-Class University; 1.2 Higher Education Systems and World-Class University; 1.2.1 Non-English-Speaking Advanced Systems; 1.2.2 Non-English-Speaking Developing Systems; 1.2.3 English-Speaking Developing Systems; 1.3 World-Class Universities in Different Contexts; 1.3.1 Economic Contexts; 1.3.2 Internationalization of Academics; 1.3.3 Strategies in Different Contexts
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.4 Strategy for Building WCU in Different Systems and Contexts1.5 Concluding Remarks; References; Part I: Background of WCU Worldwide; Chapter 2: The World-Class University: Concept and Policy Initiatives; 2.1 What Is World-Class University?; 2.1.1 Conceptual Approach; 2.1.2 Common Features of World-Class University; 2.2 Institutions Called "World-Class" University; 2.2.1 Research; 2.2.2 Teaching; 2.2.3 Service Activity; 2.3 Initiatives to Build World-Class University; 2.3.1 Government Policy Level; 2.3.1.1 Mission Differentiation; 2.3.1.2 Deregulation of Governance
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.3.1.3 Research Supporting Systems2.3.1.4 Faculty Personnel and Incentive Systems; 2.3.2 University and Individual Professor Level; 2.4 Concluding Remarks; References; Chapter 3: The Global Research and the "World-Class" Universities; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The Institutionalization of the Global Research University; 3.3 The Global and the Traditional Research University; 3.4 The Global Reach of Research and Teaching Universities; 3.5 The "World-Class Worldwide"; 3.6 The Global Reach of World-Class Universities; References; Chapter 4: World-Class Universities: The Sector Requirements
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Background4.2 Definition of World-Class Universities; 4.3 Sector Requirements for World-Class Universities; 4.3.1 A High Percentage of Public Income Awarded Not on the Basis of Regular Annual Institutional Allocations but Through Competition for Excellence in Performance; 4.3.2 A High Percentage of Income from Nonstate Sources; 4.4 A High Degree of Institutional Differentiation; 4.4.1 Institutional Autonomy; 4.4.2 Ownership of Property; 4.4.3 Clear Legal Distinction Between for-Profit and Not-for-Profit Institutions, and Exemption from Taxation for Nonprofit Higher Education Institutions
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.4.4 Open Competition for State-Sponsored Research4.4.5 Autonomous Agencies of Accreditation and for Licensing of Professionals; 4.4.6 Incentives to Diversity of Students and Faculty; 4.4.7 Incentives to Improve Quality; 4.5 Assessment of Public Policy Necessary for World-Class Universities; 4.6 Summary; References; Chapter 5: Nation-States, Educational Traditions and the WCU Project; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 What Is a World-Class University (WCU)?; 5.3 What Are the Conditions and Drivers of a WC GRU?; 5.4 Different Pathways to the WC GRU
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5 Comparison of English-Speaking Systems and Confucian Heritage Systems
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. The World-class University in Different Systems and Contexts; J.C. Shin and B.M. Kehm -- Part A. Background of WCU Worldwide -- 2. The World-class University: Concept and Policy Initiatives; J. C. Shin -- 3. The Global Research and the ‘World-class’ Universities; W. Ma -- 4. World-class Universities: The Sector Requirements; S. Heyneman and J. Lee -- 5. Nation-states, Educational Traditions and the WCU Project; S. Marginson -- Part B. WCUs in non-English Speaking Advanced Systems -- 6. To Be or Not to Be? The Impacts of the Excellence Initiative on the German System of Higher Education; B.M. Kehm -- 7.  Reconciling Republican ‘Egalité’ and Global Excellence Values in French Higher Education; L. Cremonini, P. Benneworth, F. Westerheijden and H. Dauncey -- 8. Challenges for Top Japanese Universities when Establishing a New Global Identity: Seeking a New Paradigm after “World Class”; A. Yonezawa -- Part C. WCUs in non-English Speaking Developing Systems -- 9. World-class University in Korea: Proactive Government, Responsive University, and Procrastinating Academics; J.C. Shin and Y.S. Jang -- 10. Building a World-class University in China; Y. Luo -- 11. The Challenges for Establishing World-class Universities in Taiwan; D. Chang -- Part D. WCUs in English Speaking Developing Systems -- 12. Malaysia’s World-class University Ambition: An Assessment; M. Sirat -- 13. Peering through the dust of construction: Singapore’s efforts to build WCUs; K.C. Ho -- 14. Frameworks for Creating Research Universities: The Hong Kong Case; G. Postiglione and J. Jung -- Conclusion -- 15. Universalizing the University in a World Society; F.O. Ramirez and J.W. Meyer -- 16. World-class University across Higher Education systems: Similarities, Differences, and Challenges; J.C. Shin and B.M. Kehm. - Index. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 181
    ISBN: 9789400753358 , 1283945002 , 9781283945004
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 229 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Library of Ethics and Applied Philosophy 30
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; medicine Philosophy ; Public health ; Medicine ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Ethics ; medicine Philosophy ; Public health ; Medicine
    Abstract: In this book, an international group of philosophers, economists and theologians focus on the relationship between justice, luck and responsibility in health care. Together, they offer a thorough reflection on questions such as: How should we understand justice in health care? Why are health care interests so important that they deserve special protection? How should we value health? What are its functions and do these make it different from other goods? Furthermore, how much equality should there be? Which inequalities in health and health care are unfair and which are simply unfortunate? Which matters of health care belong to the domain of justice, and which to the domain of charity? And to what extent should we allow personal responsibility to play a role in allocating health care services and resources, or in distributing the costs? With this book, the editors meet a double objective. First, they provide a comprehensive philosophical framework for understanding the concepts of justice, luck and responsibility in contemporary health care; and secondly, they explore whether these concepts have practical force to guide normative discussions in specific contexts of health care such as prevention of infectious diseases or in matters of reproductive technology. Particular and extensive attention is paid to issues regarding end-of-life care.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Philosophy of health and health care -- pt. 2. Ethics of end-of-life care.
    Description / Table of Contents: General Introduction -- Justice and Responsibility in Health Care - An Introduction; Yvonne Denier, Chris Gastmans & Antoon Vandevelde -- Part 1: Philosophy of Health and Health Care Injustice and Inequality in Health and Health Care; Daniel M. Hausman -- Affirmative Action in Health; Shlomi Segall -- On Justice, Luck and Moral Responsibility Concerning Prenatal Genetic Diagnosis; Yvonne Denier -- Mutual Moral Obligations in the Prevention of Infectious Diseases; Jeroen Luyten -- Justice and Responsibility in Health, Care General Discussion and Conclusions of Part 1; Antoon Vandevelde -- Part 2: Ethics of End-of-Life Care; Is There a Duty to Die in Europe? If Not Now, When?; John Hardwig -- The Duty to Care. Democratic Equality and Responsibility for End-of-Life Health Care; Martin Gunderson -- Dignity Enhancing Care for Persons with Dementia and its Application to Advance Euthanasia Directives; Chris Gastmans -- The Authority of Advance Directives; Govert den Hartogh -- The Wreckage of Our Flesh. Dementia, Autonomy and Personhood; Thomas Nys -- On the Sacred Character of Human Life and Death; General Discussion and Conclusions of Part 2; Herman De Dijn -- Epilogue -- How to Move Forward?; Paul Schotsmans. Index. .
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 182
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753044
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VIII, 243 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Synthese Library, Studies in Epistemology, Logic, Methodology, and Philosophy of Science 363
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Functions
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Metaphysics ; Science Philosophy ; Evolution (Biology) ; Anthropology ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Neurosciences ; Metaphysics ; Science Philosophy ; Evolution (Biology) ; Anthropology ; Teleology ; Causation ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Funktion ; Wissenschaft
    Abstract: This volume handles in various perspectives the concept of function and the nature of functional explanations, topics much discussed since two major and conflicting accounts have been raised by Larry Wright and Robert Cummins’s papers in the 1970s. Here, both Wright’s ‘etiological theory of functions’ and Cummins’s ‘systemic’ conception of functions are refined and elaborated in the light of current scientific practice, with papers showing how the ‘etiological’ theory faces several objections and may in reply be revisited, while its counterpart became ever more sophisticated, as researchers discovered fresh applications for it. Relying on a firm knowledge of the original positions and debates, this volume presents cutting-edge research evincing the complexities that today pertain in function theory in various sciences. Alongside original papers from authors central to the controversy, work by emerging researchers taking novel perspectives will add to the potential avenues to be followed in the future. Not only does the book adopt no a priori assumptions about the scope of functional explanations, it also incorporates material from several very different scientific domains, e.g. neurosciences, ecology, or technology. In general, functions are implemented in mechanisms; and functional explanations in biology have often an essential relation with natural selection. These two basic claims set the stage for this book’s coverage of investigations concerning both ‘functional’ explanations, and the ‘metaphysics’ of functions. It casts new light on these claims, by testing them through their confrontation with scientific developments in biology, psychology, and recent developments concerning the metaphysics of realization. Rather than debating a single theory of functions, this book presents the richness of philosophical issues raised by functional discourse throughout the various sciences.​
    Description / Table of Contents: Functions: selection and mechanisms; Acknowledgements; Contents; Introduction; 1 The Theories of Function and the Current Issues; 2 Position and Structure of This Book; 3 Contributions in Detail; References; Part I: Biological Functions and Functional Explanations: Genes, Cells, Organisms and Ecosystems - Functions, Organization and Development in Life Sciences; Evolution and the Stability of Functional Architectures; 1 A Concept of Function; 2 A General Form for Attributions of Function and Some of Its Consequences; 3 Small Mutations as the Raw Material for Changes in Functional Organization
    Description / Table of Contents: 4 Generative Entrenchment and the Stability of Deep Functions5 Multiple Realization, Stability, Robustness, and Evolvability; 6 Deep Function and the Limitations of a Selectionist Account of Function; 7 Two Modes of Descriptive Abstraction for Function; 8 Conclusion; References; Mechanism, Emergence, and Miscibility: The Autonomy of Evo-Devo; 1 Mechanism; 2 Emergence; 2.1 Ontological Versus Explanatory Emergence; 2.2 Invariance and Explanation; 2.3 Completeness and Complementarity; 2.4 Autonomy; 2.5 Downward Explanation; 3 Miscibility; 4 The Autonomy of Evo-Devo
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1 Two Conceptions of Adaptive Evolution4.2 Emergent Explanation in Evo-Devo; 5 Conclusion; References; Does Oxygen Have a Function, or Where Should the Regress of Functional Ascriptions Stop in Biology?; 1 Introduction; 2 Theories of Function: Three Families; 3 Functions and Levels of Organization; 4 Can Elementary Molecules Have a Function?; 5 Organisms and Above; 6 Conclusion; References; Part II: Biological Functions and Functional Explanations: Genes, Cells, Organisms and Ecosystems - Functional Pluralism for Biologists?
    Description / Table of Contents: How Ecosystem Evolution Strengthens the Case for Functional Pluralism1 Introduction; 2 Diversity Rules; 3 Looking Ahead; 4 Conclusion; References; A General Case for Functional Pluralism; 1 Mountain Geology; 2 The Analogous Situation in Biology; 3 Form, History, and Function; 4 Conclusion; References; Weak Realism in the Etiological Theory of Functions; 1 The Etiological Theory as a Realist Theory of Functions and Its Requisites; 2 The Weaknesses of SE; 2.1 Logical-Type Problem; 2.2 Problem of the Bundle of Effects; 3 Establish and Explain Functions; 3.1 Functional Organisation Schema
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2 Design Counterfactual Analysis3.2.1 The Simple Case; 3.2.2 More Complicated Cases; 3.3 The Comparative Method; 3.4 Confronting Methods; 3.4.1 Divergent Results and Selection; 3.4.2 Etiological Theory?; 4 Conclusion; References; Part III: Psychology, Philosophy of Mind and Technology: Functions in a Man's World - Metaphysics, Function and Philosophy of Mind; Functions and Mechanisms: A Perspectivalist View; 1 Introduction; 2 What Makes a Neurotransmitter a Neurotransmitter?; 3 Mechanisms; 4 Levels of Mechanisms; 5 Explanation: The Mechanist's Stance
    Description / Table of Contents: 6 Etiological Explanation and Adaptational Functions
    Description / Table of Contents: Introduction -- Section I. Biological functions and functional explanations: genes, cells, organisms and ecosystems -- Part 1.A. Functions, organization and development in life sciences -- Chapter 1. William C. Wimsatt. Evolution and the Stability of Functional Architectures -- Chapter 2. Denis M. Walsh. Teleological Emergence: The Autonomy of Evo-Devo -- Chapter 3. Jean Gayon. Does oxygen have a function, or: where should the regress of biological functions stop? -- Part 1.B. Functional pluralism for biologists? Chapter 4. Frédéric Bouchard. How ecosystem evolution strengthens the case for functional pluralism -- Chapter 5. Robert N. Brandon. A general case for functional pluralism -- Chapter 6. Philippe Huneman. Weak realism in the etiological theory of functions -- Section 2. Section II. Psychology, philosophy of mind and technology: Functions in a man’s world -- Part 2.A. 2A. Metaphysics, function and philosophy of mind -- Chapter 7. Carl Craver. Functions and Mechanisms in Contemporary Neuroscience -- Chapter 8. Carl Gillett. Understanding the sciences through the fog of ‘functionalism(s).’ -- 2.B. Philosophy of technology , design and functions -- Chapter 9. Françoise Longy. Artifacts and Organisms: A Case for a New Etiological Theory of Functions -- Chapter 10. Pieter Vermaas and Wybo Houkes. Functions as Epistemic Highlighters: An Engineering Account of Technical, Biological and Other Functions -- Epilogue -- Larry Wright. Revising teleological explanations: reflections three decades on.     ​.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 183
    ISBN: 9789400763210
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIII, 190 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Higher Education Dynamics 40
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher ; Saudi-Arabien ; Hochschule
    Abstract: This book provides the first academically rigorous description and critical analysis of the Higher Education system in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, and of the vision, strategies and policy imperatives for the future development of Saudi universities. The government of Saudi Arabia has recognized in both policy and practice the necessity of developing its university system to world-class standard. Significantly increasing access and participation in Higher Education across a range of traditional and non-traditional disciplines is directly relevant to the future social and economic growth of the country. This book addresses the way in which Saudi Arabia is moving to develop a quality university system that balances the need for students to gain the knowledge, skills and ‘ways of doing’ necessary to operate effectively on the world stage while simultaneously maintaining and demonstrating the fundamental values of the Islamic religion and culture. The book provides a description and critical analysis of the key components of the Saudi Higher Education system, and of system-level responses to the challenges and opportunities facing Saudi universities. It is written by a team of Saudi academics and authors of international standing from non-Saudi universities so as to provide both internal and external perspectives on all issues and to place information and ideas in the context of the international Higher Education scene
    Description / Table of Contents: Higher Education in Saudi Arabia; Foreword; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Higher Education in Saudi Arabia: Reforms, Challenges and Priorities; Introduction; The Saudi Higher Education System: An Overview; The Reform Agenda; The Vision of `World Class'; Governance and Leadership; Teaching and Learning; Research and Research Productivity; Accreditation and Quality Assurance; Equity; Privatisation; Medical Education; International Collaboration and Engagement; Data Issues; Priorities; References; Chapter 2: Dreams and Realities: The World-Class Idea and Saudi Arabian Higher Education
    Description / Table of Contents: What Is a World-Class University and System?Research Universities, World-Class Status, and Rankings in the Saudi Context; The Inevitability of Rankings; Rankings Presume a Non-existent Zero-Sum Game; Where Is Teaching in the International Rankings?; What, Then, Do the Rankings Measure?; Saudi Arabia in the Rankings; An Analysis of the Rankings in the Saudi Arabian Context; Saudi Universities in the Rankings; Saudi Universities in Webometrics; Saudi Universities in the Times Higher Education Rankings; Saudi Universities in the Academic Ranking of World Universities
    Description / Table of Contents: The Impact of Ranking on Saudi UniversitiesWhat Is a World-Class System?; Ministry of Higher Education Strategies; Conclusion; References; Chapter 3: Governance in Saudi Higher Education; Introduction; Governance Arrangements; Historical Overview; Role of the Government in Higher Education; Hierarchical Structure of Saudi Higher Education; Recent Governance Reform in Saudi Higher Education; King Abdullah University for Science and Technology (KAUST); King Saud University (KSU); Current Governance Issues in Saudi Higher Education; Critical Analysis of Saudi University Governance; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 4: The Learning Experiences of Saudi Arabian Higher Education Leadership: Characteristics for Global SuccessIntroduction; The Role of Leadership in Higher Education; Academic Leadership and Culture; Leadership Development Experiences Worldwide; The Academic Leadership Center Initiative in Saudi Arabia; Conclusion; References; Chapter 5: Delivering High-Quality Teaching and Learning for University Students in Saudi Arabia; Context: A National System; Context: Entry Levels and Fields of Study; Context: Teaching and Research, Complementary or Competitive?
    Description / Table of Contents: Basic Issues and the Way They InteractA Particular Issue: Learning in English When the Home Language Is Arabic; Providing Support for Saudi Staff; Providing Support for Students; The Preparatory Year; Adequate Study Skills Remain a Major Issue; Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: Assessment of Student Learning; Introduction; The Nature of Traditional Assessment; Concerns About the Nature of Assessment; Educational Reforms and New Directions in Student Assessment; New Learning and Assessment Paradigms; The Emphasis of NCAAA on Assessment of Learning Outcomes
    Description / Table of Contents: Changes in Student Assessment Methods and Purposes
    Description / Table of Contents: Foreword -- 1. Higher Education in Saudi Arabia: Reforms, Challenges and Priorities -- 2. Dreams and Realities: The World-class Idea and Saudi Arabian Higher Education -- 3. Governance in Saudi Higher Education -- 4. The Learning Experiences of Saudi Arabian Higher Education Leadership: Characteristics for Global Success -- 5. Delivering High Quality Teaching and Learning for University Students in Saudi Arabia -- 6. Assessment of Student Learning -- 7. The Role of Information Technology in Supporting Quality Teaching and Learning -- 8. Selecting and Developing High Quality University Staff -- 9. Knowledge-Based Innovation and Research Productivity in Saudi Arabia -- 10. Accreditation and Quality Assurance -- 11. Higher Education for Women in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia -- 12. Private Higher Education in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia: Reality - Challenges - Aspirations -- 13. The Development of Medical Education in Saudi Arabia -- 14. Student Scholarships in Saudi Arabia: Implications and Opportunities for Overseas Engagement -- 15. International Collaboration -- 16. Challenges and Opportunities for Higher Education in Saudi Arabia: An Exploratory Focus Group.- 17. Higher Education in Saudi Arabia: Conclusions -- List of Contributors -- Index.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 184
    ISBN: 9789400740846 , 1282056964 , 9781282056961
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXIV, 269 p. 6 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Child Maltreatment, Contemporary Issues in Research and Policy 1
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. C. Henry Kempe
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Public health ; Pediatrics ; Quality of Life ; Social work ; Quality of Life Research ; Developmental psychology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Public health ; Pediatrics ; Quality of Life ; Social work ; Quality of Life Research ; Developmental psychology ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Bibliografie ; Kindesmisshandlung ; Kempe, Charles Henry 1922-1984 ; Kindesmisshandlung ; Kempe, Charles Henry 1922-1984
    Abstract: The book series, 'Child Maltreatment: Contemporary Issues in Research and Policy.' will consist of a state of the art handbook (to be revised every five years) and two to three volumes per year. The first volume in this series is a legacy to C. Henry Kempe. This is a timely publication because 2012 marks 50 years after the appearance of the foundational article by C. Henry Kempe and his colleagues, 'The Battered-Child Syndrome.' This volume capitalizes on this 50 year anniversary to stand back and assess the field from the perspective that Dr. Kempes early contributions and ideas are still being played out in practice and policy today. The volume will be released at the next ISPCAN meeting, also in 2012.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 185
    ISBN: 9789400747258
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 169 p. 65 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Technical and Vocational Education and Training: Issues, Concerns and Prospects 16
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Berufsbildung ; Evaluation
    Abstract: The transferability of vocational education and training qualifications across international borders is a live issue in this heterogeneous field. Key to this goal is defining a common methodology for measuring vocational competences. This publication sets out a proposal for just that, based on the results of a pilot project known as COMET on competence diagnostics in the field of electrical engineering. The study deploys longitudinal analysis to explore issues of competence development, the development of vocational identity, and occupational commitment. It focuses on two discrete occupational profiles in electrical engineering in an ambitious test of a model currently applied to other professions as well. The models success in its first phase is detailed in the second part of the volume, where the authors show that the transfer of the competence framework into an empirical model was successful. They also demonstrate that the methodology can be applied to designing and evaluating vocational education and training processes, making the material relevant to VET teachers and trainers as well as academics. With its first section comprising a full description of the theoretical framework, this book is a significant step forward in an urgent task facing administrations, labor forces and employers around the world. The achievement is in proportion to the notorious complexities of a field whose diversity makes tough demands on large-scale methods of assessment.
    Description / Table of Contents: Competence Development and Assessment in TVET (COMET); Foreword by Book Series Editor; Preface; Contents; Introduction: Competence Diagnostics in Vocational Education - What For?; References; Chapter 1: Measuring Professional Competence; 1.1 Vocational Education and Training: A Challenge for Competence Diagnostics; 1.2 Examination and Competence Assessment: Two Distinct and Complementing Types of Evaluating Professional Competence Development; 1.3 Professional Competence: A Conceptual Clarification; 1.4 Professional Creativity as a Topic of Competence Diagnostics
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.5 Potentials and Limits of Competence Measurement1.5.1 Implicit (Tacit) Professional Knowledge; 1.5.2 Professional Action Competence (Professional Aptitude); 1.5.3 The "Increment of Learning"; 1.5.4 Manual Skill; 1.5.5 Social Competences; 1.5.6 Skills That Are Expressed in the Interactive Course of Work; References; Chapter 2: Foundations of a Competence Model; 2.1 Professional Knowledge; 2.2 The Training Objective: Professional Aptitude, Acting Competence, and Shaping Competence; 2.3 Professional Competence Development; 2.4 Professional Identity and Occupational Commitment; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: The COMET Competence Model: Foundations for the Study of Professional Competence and Identity3.1 Competence Models; 3.2 Conceptual Clarifications; 3.3 The COMET Competence Model; 3.3.1 The Levels of Professional Competence (Requirement Dimension); 3.3.2 The Content Dimension; 3.3.3 The Criteria of Holistic Problem Solving as Competence Criteria; 3.3.4 The Action Dimension; 3.4 Measuring Commitment, Professional Identity, and Context Data; References; Chapter 4: Test Development and Design of the Study; 4.1 Development and Selection of the Test Tasks; 4.1.1 Development of Test Tasks
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.1.2 Pretest4.1.3 Selection of Test Tasks for the Main Survey; 4.2 Development of the Questionnaire for the Context Data; 4.2.1 Personal Characteristics; 4.2.2 Characteristics of In-Company Training; 4.2.3 Characteristics of the Vocational Schools; 4.3 Development of the Commitment Scale; 4.4 Development of the Assessment Sheet and Operationalization of the Assessment Criteria; 4.5 Design of the Large-Scale Survey; References; Chapter 5: Test Instruments and Implementation of the COMET Study; 5.1 Instruments at the First Test Date; 5.1.1 Open Test Tasks; 5.1.2 The Context Questionnaire
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2 Extension of the Test Methodology for the Second Test Date5.2.1 Application of a Non-verbal Test for the Assessment of Basic Cognitive Abilities; 5.2.2 Measuring Test Motivation: Survey of Trainees and Test Supervisors; 5.2.3 Rater Survey on the Weighting of Competence Criteria; 5.3 Participants of the Test Dates; 5.3.1 First Test Date (2008); 5.3.2 Second Test Date (2009) and Extension of the Study by Additional Test Dates; 5.4 The Training Enterprise as an Alternative Test Location; 5.5 Analysis of the Test Results; Reference; Chapter 6: Results 2008: The Survey Population
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.1 Selection of the Sample and Survey of the Context Data
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 186
    ISBN: 9789400744820 , 1283612305 , 9781283612302
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 272 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in Global Justice 11
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Pulcini, Elena, 1950 - 2021 Care of the world
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Political science Philosophy ; Consciousness ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Political science Philosophy ; Consciousness ; Globalization ; Globalisierung ; Soziale Verantwortung ; Furcht ; Philosophie ; Globalisierung ; Soziale Verantwortung ; Furcht ; Philosophie
    Abstract: This book proposes a philosophy of care in a global age. It discusses the distinguishing and opposing pathologies produced by globalization: unlimited individualism or self-obsession, manifested as (Promethean) omnipotence and (narcissistic) indifference, and endogamous communitarianism or an us-obsession that results in conflict and violence. The polarization between a lack and an excess of pathos is reflected in the distorted forms taken on by fear. The book advocates a metamorphosis of fear, which may restore in the subject an awareness of vulnerability and become the precondition for moral action. Such awareness and the recognition of the condition of contamination caused by the others unavoidable presence teach us to fear for rather than be afraid of. Fear for the world means care of the world, and care, understood as concern and solicitude, is a new notion of responsibility, in which the stress is shifted to a relational subject capable of responding to and taking care of the other. From a global perspective, the proposed vision of care also compels us to explore a new paradigm of justice.
    Description / Table of Contents: Care of the World; Translator's Note; Acknowledgements; Contents; Chapter 1: Introduction: The Ambivalence of Globalization; 1.1 Global Unification and Local Fragmentation; 1.2 Self- and Us-Obsession; 1.3 Absence and Excess of Pathos; 1.4 For a Relational Subject; 1.4.1 Addition to the English Edition; Part I: Pathologies of the Global Age: Unlimited Individualism, EndogamousCommunitarianism; Chapter 2: Unlimited Individualism; 2.1 Prometheus and Narcissus; 2.2 Between Unlimitedness and Insecurity; 2.2.1 The Spectator Self; 2.2.2 The Consumer Self; 2.2.3 The Creator Self (homo creator)
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Endogamous Communitarianism3.1 The Need for Community in Modernity; 3.2 The Need for Community in the Global Age; 3.2.1 As the Response to Unlimited Individualism; 3.2.2 As the Response to Exclusion; 3.3 Struggles for Recognition: Identity and Difference; 3.4 Immunitarian Communities; 3.4.1 The Us-Them Contrast; 3.4.2 Communities without Solidarity; 3.4.3 The Split between Individualism and Communitarianism; Part II: Pathologies of Feeling: The Metamorphosis of Fear in the Global Age; Chapter 4: Modernity and Fear; 4.1 A Desirable Passion; 4.2 Reciprocal Fear; 4.3 Productive Fear
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: Risk Society: From Fear to Anxiety?5.1 In the Face of Global Risks; 5.2 Fear of the Other; 5.3 Fear, Anxiety and Global Fear; Chapter 6: Spectators and Victims: Between Denial and Projection; 6.1 Global Risks and Absence of Fear; 6.2 Denial and Self-Deception; 6.3 Spectators and Victims; 6.4 Projection of Fear and the Scapegoat's Ineffectiveness; Part III: Responsibility and Care of the World; Chapter 7: Actors: Relearning to Fear; 7.1 Vulnerable Humanity; 7.2 A 'Loving Fear': 33 Fear and Imagination; 7.2.1 Reawakening Productive Fear; 7.2.2 Fear for the World
    Description / Table of Contents: 7.3 From Fear of the Other to Contamination: Towards Solidaristic Recognition7.3.1 The Challenge of Difference; Chapter 8: From Fear to Care; 8.1 Responsibility For; 8.2 'Responsibility for' and the Vulnerable Subject; 8.3 Global Vulnerability; 8.4 Responsibility as Care; Chapter 9: A World in Common; 9.1 Creating a World; 9.2 Plural Worlds; Part IV: Care and Justice; Chapter 10: Care and Justice: The Perspective of the Passions; 10.1 Care Versus Justice?; 10.1.1 Care Ethics and the Critique of the Theory of Justice; 10.1.2 The Affective Dimension of Justice
    Description / Table of Contents: 10.1.3 Compassion as a Motivation for Justice10.2 The Passions of Justice; 10.2.1 The Experience of Injustice; 10.2.2 Envy or Indignation?; 10.3 Beyond Justice: Care and Love; Bibliography; Index;
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 187
    ISBN: 9789048189212
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XXXVI, 299 p. 18 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Crime, HIV and health
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Public health ; Criminology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Public health ; Criminology ; Sozialwissenschaften ; Public health ; Kriminologie ; Aufsatzsammlung ; USA ; Öffentliches Gesundheitswesen ; Kriminalität ; HIV ; USA ; Strafjustiz ; HIV ; Gesundheitsgefährdung
    Abstract: Carefully selected to reflect the latest research at the interface between public health and criminal justice in the US, these contributions each focus on an aspect of the relationship. How, for example, might a person's criminal activity adversely affect their health or their risk of exposure to HIV infection? The issues addressed in this volume are at the heart of policy in both public health and criminal justice. The authors track a four-fold connection between the two fields, exploring the mental and physical health of incarcerated populations; the health consequences of crime, substance abuse, violence and risky sexual behaviors; the extent to which high crime rates are linked to poor health outcomes in the same neighborhood; and the results of public health interventions among traditional criminal justice populations. As well as exploring these urgent issues, this anthology features a wealth of remarkable interdisciplinary contributions that see public health researchers focusing on crime, while criminologists attend to public health issues. The papers provide empirical data tracking, for example, the repercussions on public health of a fear of crime among residents of high-crime neighborhoods, and the correlations between HIV status and outcomes, and an individual's history of criminal activity. Providing social scientists and policy makers with vital pointers on how the criminal justice and public health sectors might work together on the problems common to both, this collection breaks new ground by combining the varying perspectives of a number of key disciplines
    Abstract: Carefully selected to reflect the latest research at the interface between public health and criminal justice in the US, these contributions each focus on an aspect of the relationship. How, for example, might a persons criminal activity adversely affect their health or their risk of exposure to HIV infection? The issues addressed in this volume are at the heart of policy in both public health and criminal justice. The authors track a four-fold connection between the two fields, exploring the mental and physical health of incarcerated populations; the health consequences of crime, substance abuse, violence and risky sexual behaviors; the extent to which high crime rates are linked to poor health outcomes in the same neighborhood; and the results of public health interventions among traditional criminal justice populations.As well as exploring these urgent issues, this anthology features a wealth of remarkable interdisciplinary contributions that see public health researchers focusing on crime, while criminologists attend to public health issues. The papers provide empirical data tracking, for example, the repercussions on public health of a fear of crime among residents of high-crime neighborhoods, and the correlations between HIV status and outcomes, and an individuals history of criminal activity. Providing social scientists and policy makers with vital pointers on how the criminal justice and public health sectors might work together on the problems common to both, this collection breaks new ground by combining the varying perspectives of a number of key disciplines.
    Description / Table of Contents: Crime, HIV and Health: Intersections of Criminal Justice and Public Health Concerns; Introduction; References; Contents; About the Authors; Chapter 1: Crime and Public Health in the United States; 1.1 Substance Use and Violence; 1.2 Vulnerable Populations, Negative Health Outcomes, and Incarceration; 1.3 Exploring Common Ground: Criminal Justice and Public Health; 1.3.1 Incarceration; 1.3.2 Health Risk Behaviors Among High-Risk Youth; 1.3.3 Crime, Health, and Space; 1.3.4 Public Health Interventions and Criminal Justice Populations; References; Part I: The Health of Incarcerated Populations
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 2: A Longitudinal Study of the Prevalence, Development, and Persistence of HIV/STI Risk Behaviors in Delinquent Youth: Implications for Health Care in the Community2.1 Methods; 2.1.1 Sampling Procedures; 2.1.2 Procedures to Obtain Assent and Consent; 2.1.3 Participants; 2.1.4 Procedures for Data Collection; 2.1.5 Measures; 2.1.6 Missing Data; 2.1.6.1 Missing Cases; 2.1.6.2 Missing Data from Interviews Conducted by Telephone; 2.1.7 Independent Variables; 2.1.8 Statistical Analysis; 2.2 Results; 2.2.1 Prevalence of HIV/STI Risk Behaviors
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2.1.1 Comparing the Baseline and Follow-up InterviewsMales; Females; 2.2.1.2 Prevalence at Follow-up; Males; Females; 2.2.1.3 Gender Differences; 2.2.1.4 Age Differences (Data Not Shown); 2.2.2 Development of HIV/STI Risk Behaviors; 2.2.2.1 Gender Differences; 2.2.2.2 Racial/Ethnic Differences; 2.2.3 Persistence of HIV/STI Risk Behaviors; 2.2.3.1 Gender Differences; 2.2.3.2 Racial/Ethnic Differences; 2.3 Discussion; 2.4 Limitations; 2.5 Conclusions; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Risky Sexual Behavior and Negative Health Consequences Among Incarcerated Female Adolescents: Implications for Public Health Policy and Practice3.1 Pathways into Delinquency for Female Adolescents; 3.2 Health Service Needs and Service Gaps among Incarcerated Female Adolescents; 3.3 STD Screening and Treatment in Juvenile Detention Settings in California; 3.3.1 Profiles of Project Participants and Qualitative Findings; 3.3.2 Qualitative Findings: Condom Use; 3.3.3 Qualitative Findings: Family Life; 3.3.4 Overlap of Family Conflict, Substance Use and Risky Sexual Behaviors
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.4 DiscussionReferences; Chapter 4: Disparities in Mental Health Diagnosis and Treatment Among African Americans: Implications for the Correctional Systems; 4.1 Disparities in Mental Health Diagnoses and Treatment; 4.1.1 Anxiety; 4.1.2 Depression; 4.1.3 Bipolar Disorder; 4.1.4 Schizophrenia; 4.1.5 Treatment Disparities; 4.2 Implications for Correctional Settings; References; Part II: Health Consequences of Crime and Risk Behaviors; Chapter 5: Methamphetamine Use, Personality Traits, and High-Risk Behaviors; 5.1 Research Methods; 5.1.1 Sample Recruitment; 5.1.2 Measures; 5.2 Study Results
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.2.1 Sample
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 188
    ISBN: 9789400715189
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 414 p, digital)
    Series Statement: Phaenomenologica, Series Founded by H.L. van Breda and Published Under the Auspices of the Husserl-Archives 206
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Schütz, Alfred, 1899 - 1959 Collected papers ; 6: Literary reality and relationships
    RVK:
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Linguistics ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Phenomenology ; Linguistics ; Literatur ; Interaktion
    Abstract: This book contains texts devoted by Alfred Schutz to the 'normative' areas of literature and ethics. It includes writings dealing with the author-reader relationship, multiple realities, the literary province of meaning, and Schutz's views on equality. Never published in English commentaries on Goethe's novel and the account of personality in the social world appear in this volume.
    Abstract: The three essays in this volume illuminate Alfred Schutz’s understanding of literature and literary relationships. The first, “Life Forms and Meaning Structures,” presents such ideal life-forms as duration, memory, the speaking ego, and the I in relation to the Thou. This essay also describes the fundamental nature of human experience, its pluralized realms, the passage of time, perspectival interpretation, action and its impediments-all concepts which make possible an understanding of literature and literary themes. The essay goes on to discuss opera, and the relationship between music and language in opera. The second essay, “The Problem of Personality in the Social World,” offers insights into the unity the social person achieves, temporality, and the role of the body and the importance of pragmatic relevances. This shows how, even before he arrived in the United States, Schutz went beyond his 1932 Phenomenology of the Social World in a pragmatic direction. This essay anticipates Schutz’s 1945 essay, “On Multiple Realities,” by discussing reality-spheres of working, phantasy, dreams, and theory. Reality-spheres are vital for understanding literature, as shown in the third essay, which translates for the first time two Goethe manuscripts produced by Schutz in 1948. The first text, on Lehrjahre, reveals Schutz actually interpreting a piece of literature, tracing the themes of art and life and fate and freedom through the text. The second, a commentary on Goethe’s Wanderjahre, presents an inchoate theory of literature. Defending Goethe’s 1829 version of the Wanderjahre novel, Schutz argues that critics miss the point that readers of literature adopt a specific kind of epoché in which they enter a reality-sphere governed by “the logic of the poetic event,” whose rules are not those of everyday life or theoretical contemplation. In sum, this volume brings out the distinctive character of literary reality and the relationships between author and reader, and invites the reader to derive a sense of how Schutz himself read literature.
    Description / Table of Contents: Editorial Introduction by Michael Barber -- Life Forms and Meaning Structures -- The Problem of Personality in the Social World” -- Two Goethe Texts: “Wilhelm Meisters Lehrjahre” (Wilhelm Meister’s Year of Apprenticeship) and “Zu Wilhelm Meisters Wanderjahren” (On Wilhelm Meister’s Years of Travel).
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 189
    ISBN: 9789400749726
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVII, 180 p. 32 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Educating the Young Child, Advances in Theory and Research, Implications for Practice 5
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Educational tests and measurements ; Early childhood education ; Education ; Education ; Educational tests and measurements ; Early childhood education
    Abstract: We live in a world that is transitioning from focus on early childhood education within individual countries into a global perspective that considers how early childhood education is conducted in many diverse cultures and environments. The challenge on a global basis is how to develop programs in countries and environments that are different from a specifically western perspective. Economic, geographic, and cultural influences infuse early childhood programs around the world.In 1999, a group of educators representing 36 countries developed guidelines for establishing minimum standards for preschool programs. A purpose for developing the guidelines was to provide guidance for countries that wished to evaluate and improve their own programs. A second purpose was to help developing countries initiating preschools to have relevant information about quality programs. The later development of an assessment tool based on the Global Guidelines served as a vehicle to use the guidelines to assess a single program or multiple programs. The continuing work with these guidelines in many countries throughout the world since 2000 has resulted in the collection of information that reveals the uniqueness of programs in different countries.
    Description / Table of Contents: pt. 1. Background -- pt. 2. School environments -- pt. 3. Curriculum content and pedagogy -- pt. 4. Children with special needs -- pt. 5. The early childhood educator -- pt. 6. Family, school, and community partnerships.
    Description / Table of Contents: 1. Looking at Early Childhood Programs from a Global Perspective -- Part 1: Background -- 2. Cross-Cultural Collaboration Research to Improve Early Childhood Education -- Part 2: School Environments -- 3. From Montessori to Culturally Relevant Schools Under the Trees in Kenya -- 4. Preschool Environments in Rural West Africa -- 5. Kindergarten Environments in Reggio Emilia, Bologna, Modena, and Parma, Italy -- Part 3: Curriculum Content and Pedagogy -- 6. Kindergartens in Russia’s Far East: The Effect of Climate -- 7. Preserving Cultural Heritage in Korea -- Part 4: Children with Special Needs -- 8. International Perspectives on Services for Young Children with Special Needs -- 9. New Visions for Preschool Inclusive Education in Mexico -- 10. Early Childhood Special Education in China: Advocacy and Practice -- Part 5: The Early Childhood Educator -- 11. Administrators, Teachers, and Nineras: Professional Partnerships for Quality in Guatemala -- 12. Early Childhood Teachers in Slovakia -- 13. Teachers of Dual Language Children in China -- Part 6: Family, School and Community Partnerships -- 14. Family and Village Partnerships in Rural Schools in Senegal -- 15. Weaving Relationships between Preschools, Families, and Communities: the Nurturing Connections to the Reggio Emilia Region of Italy -- 16. Conclusion -- Index. .
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 190
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400753860
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 194 p. 22 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Educational Linguistics 14
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Education ; Education ; Applied linguistics ; Language and languages ; Englischunterricht ; ECTS ; Englisch ; Europa ; Fremdsprachenunterricht ; Bologna-Prozess ; ECTS
    Abstract: Spanning the divide between the theory and praxis of competency-based teaching in tertiary language education, this volume contains invaluable practical guidance for the post-secondary sector on how to approach, teach, and assess competencies in Bologna-adapted systems of study. It presents the latest results of prominent European research projects, programs of pedagogical innovation, and thematically linked academic networks. Responding to a profound need for a volume addressing the practical aspects of the newly designed language degrees now being rolled out across Europe, this essential contribution pools the insights of a prestigious set of scholars, practitioners, and policy makers from diverse parts of Europe and the US. It will inform crucial decisions about instituting and evaluating competencies in a new generation of language studies programmes."This volume offers a diversity of perspectives with contributions from both European and North American experts. Although the primary focus of the volume is on Europe, with an explicit goal of bridging the gap between the theory and practice of competency-based teaching in the context of the creation of the European Higher education Area (EHEA) and the implementation of the European Credit Transfer System (ECTS), its implications for language education clearly transcend geographic boundaries. The concept of competencies is closely linked to a learner-centered, meaning-based model of learning in which learner autonomy plays a central role and which emphasizes lifelong learning. In bringing together current research perspectives from both sides of the Atlantic, the volume successfully underscores the shared challenges of transforming language education in a globalized, postmodern world." Nelleke Van Deusen-Scholl, Director of the Center for Language Study, Yale College, USA
    Abstract: Spanning the divide between the theory and praxis of competency-based teaching in tertiary language education, this volume contains invaluable practical guidance for the post-secondary sector on how to approach, teach, and assess competencies in Bologna-adapted systems of study. It presents the latest results of prominent European research projects, programs of pedagogical innovation, and thematically linked academic networks.Responding to a profound need for a volume addressing the practical aspects of the newly designed language degrees now being rolled out across Europe, this essential contribution pools the insights of a prestigious set of scholars, practitioners, and policy makers from diverse parts of Europe and the US. It will inform crucial decisions about instituting and evaluating competencies in a new generation of language studies programmes."This volume offers a diversity of perspectives with contributions from both European and North American experts. Although the primary focus of the volume is on Europe, with an explicit goal of bridging the gap between the theory and practice of competency-based teaching in the context of the creation of the European Higher education Area (EHEA) and the implementation of the European Credit Transfer System (ECTS), its implications for language education clearly transcend geographic boundaries. The concept of competencies is closely linked to a learner-centered, meaning-based model of learning in which learner autonomy plays a central role and which emphasizes lifelong learning. In bringing together current research perspectives from both sides of the Atlantic, the volume successfully underscores the shared challenges of transforming language education in a globalized, postmodern world." Nelleke Van Deusen-Scholl, Director of the Center for Language Study , Yale College, USA
    Description / Table of Contents: Competency-based LanguageTeaching in Higher Education; Preface: Languages in the European Higher Education Area; Introduction; Multilingualism in Europe; The Issue About "Global English"; English as a Key to Progress in the European Higher Education Area; Conclusion; Contents; Contributors; Chapter 1: Introduction and Overview; 1.1 Language Teaching in Higher Education; 1.2 Competency-Based Language Teaching in Higher Education; 1.3 Definition and Characterization of the Notion of "Competency"; 1.4 Competency-Based Language Teaching in Higher Education: Where Do We Stand?
    Description / Table of Contents: 1.5 Overview of the Volume1.5.1 Part I: Adapting to a Competency-Based Model in Tertiary Education: Necessary Changes in Language Teaching; 1.5.2 Part II: Teaching Competencies in Tertiary Language Education; 1.5.3 Part III: Evaluating Competencies in Tertiary Language Education; 1.6 Conclusion; References; Part I: Adapting to a Competency-Based Model in Tertiary Education: Necessary Changes in Language Teaching; Chapter 2: From Content to Competency: Challenges Facing Higher Education Language Teaching in Europe; 2.1 A Changing Linguistic Landscape
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.2 The Language Challenge Facing Higher Education in Europe2.3 Towards a Competency-Based Approach to HE Language Teaching and Learning; 2.4 The CEFR and the Bologna Process; 2.5 The CEFR and the Development of Pragmatic Competencies; 2.6 The CEFR and Life-Long Language Learning; 2.7 The CEFR - Opportunity and Challenge; 2.8 Conclusions; References; Chapter 3: Adapting to a Competency-Based Model in Tertiary Education: Lessons Learned from the European Project ADELEEES; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Research Design; 3.2.1 Objectives; 3.2.2 Procedure and Instruments
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.2.2.1 Questionnaire Design and Validation3.2.2.2 Administration of the Questionnaires; 3.2.3 Participants; 3.2.3.1 Global Figures; 3.2.3.2 Students; 3.2.3.3 Teachers; 3.2.4 Statistical Methodology; 3.3 Results and Discussion; 3.3.1 Students: Global Results; 3.3.1.1 Competency Development and Evaluation; 3.3.1.2 Types of Groupings and Learning Modalities; 3.3.1.3 Methodology; 3.3.1.4 Materials and Resources; 3.3.1.5 Evaluation; 3.3.2 Teachers: Global Results; 3.3.2.1 Competency Development and Evaluation; 3.3.2.2 Types of Groupings and Learning Modalities; 3.3.2.3 Methodology
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.3.2.4 Materials and Resources3.3.2.5 Evaluation; 3.3.3 Comparison of Student and Teacher Outcomes; 3.3.3.1 Competency Development and Evaluation; 3.3.3.2 Types of Groupings and Learning Modalities; 3.3.3.3 Methodology; 3.3.3.4 Materials and Resources; 3.3.3.5 Evaluation; 3.4 Conclusions; 3.5 Implications of the Study: Suggestions for Improvement; 3.6 Lines for Future Research; References; Part II: Teaching Competencies in Tertiary Language Education; Chapter 4: Competences and Foreign Language Teacher Education in Spain; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Competence and Teacher Education
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.2.1 Competences and Competencies
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 191
    ISBN: 9789400761070
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XVI, 382 p. 29 illus., 4 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: MARE Publication Series 7
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    RVK:
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Wildlife management ; Marine Sciences ; Humanities ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Wildlife management ; Marine Sciences ; Humanities ; Fischerei ; Governance
    Abstract: Following in the footsteps of the book Fish for Life - Interactive Governance for Fisheries (Kooiman et al., 2005), and the interdisciplinary approach it presents, this volume illustrates the contribution of interactive governance theory to understanding core fisheries and aquaculture challenges. These challenges are invariably linked to broader concerns such as ecosystem health, social justice, sustainable livelihoods and food security. The central concept in this perspective is governability - the varied capacity to govern fisheries and aquaculture systems sustainably. Many of these systems are characterized by problems that are inherently 'wicked' and therefore difficult to address. The authors of this edited volume argue that responses to such problems must consider context; specifically the character of the fisheries and aquaculture systems themselves, their institutional conditions, and the internal and external interactions that affect them. Drawing on a diverse set of international experiences, the volume offers a new lens and systematic approach to analysing the nature of governance problems and opportunities in fisheries and aquaculture, exploring pressing challenges and identifying potential solutions. ”It now seems clear that the crisis in the world’s fisheries [is] a much larger and more complex problem than many had imagined. Yet, examining it through the lens of governability may offer the best hope for alleviating it--as well as alleviating similar crises in other social systems.” James R. McGoodwin (Professor Emeritus, University of Colorado)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 192
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400761308
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (290 p)
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Series Statement: Knowledge and Space v.5
    Parallel Title: Print version Knowledge and the Economy
    DDC: 306.43
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Informationsgesellschaft ; Wissensintensives Unternehmen ; Regionalentwicklung ; Wirtschaftsgeografie ; Welt
    Abstract: The broad spectrum of topics surrounding what is termed the 'knowledge economy' has attracted increasing attention from the scientific community in recent years. The nature of knowledge-intensive industries, the spatiality of knowledge, the role of proximity and distance in generating functional knowledge, the transfer of knowledge via networks, and the complex interplay between knowledge, location and economic development are all live academic issues. This book, the fifth volume in Springer's Knowledge and Space series, focuses on the last of these: the multiple relationships between knowledg
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Contributors; Part I: Knowledge Creation and the Geography of the Economy; Chapter 1: Introduction: Knowledge and the Geography of the Economy; Knowledge and the Economy; Knowledge and Geography; The Structure of This Book; References; Chapter 2: Relations Between Knowledge and Economic Development: Some Methodological Considerations; Open Questions and Shortcomings in the Discussion on the Diffusion of Codified Knowledge; The Importance of Having a Lead in Information, Knowledge and Technology
    Description / Table of Contents: The Economic "Utility" of Literacy, Educational Attainment and Research in the Course of HistoryThe Spatial Dimension's Significance in the Generation and Diffusion of Knowledge; What Is the Added Value of Considering Spatial Structures and Contexts?; How Can a Milieu or Context of Action Be Defined?; Possible Conceptions of the Relations Between Milieu and Actor; How Relevant Are Spatial Proximity and Distance to the Generation of Knowledge? 5; The Significance of the Scale of Inquiry
    Description / Table of Contents: The Time Dimension's Significance in the Analysis of the Relation Between Knowledge and Economic DevelopmentConclusion; References; Chapter 3: A Microeconomic Approach to the Dynamics of Knowledge Creation; A Model of Collective Invention; Revisiting the Traditional Arrovian Hypotheses; The Vital Role of Knowing Communities; The Process of Collective Invention Viewed as a Codification Process; The Central Role of Boundary Spanners; The Stabilization Phase of the Process of Invention: Meeting the Traditional Conditions; The Respective Roles of Organizations, Individuals, and Communities
    Description / Table of Contents: The Process of Innovation Beyond the Phase of EmergenceSome Main Consequences of the Model of Collective Invention; The Consequences for the Interpretation of Property Rights; The Consequences in Terms of Creative Clusters; Conclusion; Appendix; References; Chapter 4: Knowledge Creation and the Geographies of Local, Global, and Virtual Buzz; The Role of Proximity and F2F Interaction; Permanent Co-presence in Clusters and Local Buzz; Organizational Co-presence in Global Networks; Temporary F2F Interaction and Global Buzz; CMC Versus F2F Collaboration in Groups and Corporations; Conclusion
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 5: Creativity: Who, How, Where?; Who Is Creative?; Cultural Industries and Creative Industries; Creative Organizations: How to Manage Creativity-Or at Least Facilitate It; Where Does Creativity Happen? Creative Places; Why Creativity Needs Cities; The Example of Google; Conclusions; References; Chapter 6: The Problem of Mobilizing Expertise at a Distance; Conceptualizing the Organizational Challenge of Knowledge Transfer; Trading off Organizational Coherence and Geographical Expansion; Know-Who: Networks of Personal Knowledge Transfer; The Case of MILECS; Data and Methods
    Description / Table of Contents: How Vulnerable Is the MILECS Knowledge Network?
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 193
    ISBN: 9789400767713 , 9789401794060
    Language: English
    Pages: xii, 649 Seiten , Illustrationen
    Edition: Second edition
    Series Statement: Handbooks of sociology and social research
    DDC: 302
    RVK:
    Keywords: Sozialpsychologie ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Note: Literaturangaben , Index Seite 635-649 , Hier auch später erschienene, unveränderte Nachdrucke
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 194
    ISBN: 9789400758452
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VII, 512 p. 30 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: The Philosophy of Science in a European Perspective 4
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy
    Abstract: This volume is a serious attempt to open up the subject of European philosophy of science to real thought, and provide the structural basis for the interdisciplinary development of its specialist fields, but also to provoke reflection on the idea of ‘European philosophy of science’. This efforts should foster a contemporaneous reflection on what might be meant by philosophy of science in Europe and European philosophy of science, and how in fact awareness of it could assist philosophers interpret and motivate their research through a stronger collective identity. The overarching aim is to set the background for a collaborative project organising, systematising, and ultimately forging an identity for, European philosophy of science by creating research structures and developing research networks across Europe to promote its development
    Description / Table of Contents: Table of Contents; From the Sciences that Philosophy Has "Neglected" to the New Challenges; I; II; III; IV; Teams A and D The Philosophy of Computer Science and Artificial Intelligence; Computing with Mathematical Arguments; Abstract; 1. Interactively Formalizing Mathematical Arguments; 2. Proof-Checking Technology; 3. Problems for Formal Proofs; 3.1 Inferentialism, indeterminacy of content; 3.2 Regress; 4. What Counts As "Obvious"?; 5. Conclusion; References; Is There a Unique Physical Entropy? Micro versus Macro; Abstract; 1. Entropy in Statistical Physics; 2. Entropy in Thermodynamics
    Description / Table of Contents: 3. A Discrepancy4. The Standard "Solution": Indistinguishability of Particles of The Same Kind; 5. Permutations of "Identical" Classical Particles; 6. An Alternative "Solution": Distinguishability ofParticles of The Same Kind; 7. The Difference Between The Thermodynamic and Statistical Entropies; References; A Defence of the Principle of Information Closureagainst the Sceptical Objection; Abstract; 1. Introduction; 2. The formulation of the Principle of Information Closure; 3. The sceptical objection; 4. The defence of the principle; 5. An objection against the defence and a reply
    Description / Table of Contents: 6. Conclusion: Information closure and the logic of being informedReferences; Probabilistic Logics in Quantum Computation; Abstract; 1. Introduction; 2. Preliminary Notions; 3. Probabilistic-Type Logic for Qbits; 4. Probabilistic-Type Logic for Mixed States; 5. Connections with Fuzzy Logic; References; Quantum Observer, Information Theory and Kolmogorov Complexity; Abstract; 1. Introduction; 2. Observer In The Interpretations of Quantum Mechanics; 2.1 Observer in the Copenhagen orthodoxy; 2.2 London and Bauer; 2.3 Wigner; 2.4 Everett; 3.Information-Theoretic Definition of Observer
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1 Observer as a system identification algorithm3.2 Quantum and classical systems; 4. Elements of Reality; 4.1 Entropic criterion of objectivity; 4.2 Relativity of observation; 5. Experimental Test; 6. Concluding Remarks; References; Mathematical Philosophy?; Abstract; 1. Introduction; 2. Logical Analysis and Logical Explication; 3. The Dawn of Mathematics in Philosophy; 4. Recent uses of Mathematical methods in Philosophy; 5. Limitations?; 5.1 Philosophy and our conceptual world; 5.2 Models and instrumentalism; 5.3 Informal concepts and the discursive style
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.4 The bounded scope of mathematical methodsReferences; The Value of Computer Science for Brain Research; Abstract; 1. Introduction; 2. Brain research and its need for analogies; 3. Computer Science as the way out of the black box; 4. Simulating the brain: The Blue Brain Project; 5. Bottom-up vs. top-down simulations: Function before structure; 6. Conclusion; On Algorithm and Robustness in a Non-standard Sense; Abstract; 1. Introducation; 2. Reverse Mathematics; 2.1. Alan Turing's machine and Recursion Theory; 2.2. Reverse Mathematics and robustness; 3. Reuniting the Antipodes
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.1. The notion of finite procedure in Nonstandard Analysis
    Description / Table of Contents: Wenceslao J. Gonzalez, Preface,- Teams A and D: The Philosophy of Computer Science and Artificial Intelligence -- Jesse Alama, Reinhard Kahle, Computing with Mathematical Arguments -- Dennis Dieks, Is There a Unique Physical Entropy? Micro versus Macro -- Luciano Floridi, A Defence of the Principle of Information Closure against the Sceptical Objection -- Roberto Giuntini, Hector Freytes,  Antonio Ledda, Giuseppe Sergioli,  Probabilistic Logics in Quantum Computation -- Alexei Grinbaum, Quantum Observer, Information Theory and Kolmogorov Complexity -- Leon Horsten, Mathematical Philosophy? -- Ulriche Pompe, The Value of Computer Science for Brain Research -- Sam Sanders, On Algorithm and Robustness in a Non-standard Sense.-  Francisco C. Santos, Jorge M. Pacheco, Behavioral Dynamics under Climate Change Dilemmas -- Sonja Smets, Reasoning about Quantum Actions: A Logician's Perspective -- Leszek Wroński, Branching Space-Times and Parallel Processing -- Team B: Philosophy of Systems Biology -- Gabriele Gramelsberger, Simulation and System Understanding -- Tarja Knuuttila, Andrea Loettgers, Synthetic Biology as an Engineering Science? Analogical Reasoning, Synthetic Modeling, and Integration.- Anders Strand, Gry Oftedal, Causation and Counterfactual Dependence in Robust Biological Systems.- Melinda Bonnie Fagan, Experimenting Communities in Stem Cell Biology: Exemplars and Interdisciplinarity -- William Bechtel, From Molecules to Networks: Adoption of Systems Approaches in Circadian Rhythm Research.- Olaf Wolkenhauer, Jan-Hendrik Hofmeyr, Interdisciplinarity as both Necessity and Hurdle for Progress in the Life Sciences -- Team C: The Sciences of the Artificial vs. the Cultural and Social Sciences.- Amparo Gómez, Archaeology and Scientific Explanation: Naturalism, Interpretivism and ‘A Third Way’.- Demetris Portides, Idealization in Economics Modeling -- Ilkka Niiniluoto, On the Philosophy of Applied Social Sciences -- Arto Siitonen, The Status of Library Science: From Classification to Digitalization -- Paolo Garbolino, The Scientification of Forensic Practice -- Wenceslao J. Gonzalez, The Sciences of Design as Sciences of Complexity: The Dynamic Trait -- Subrata Dasgupta, Epistemic Complexity and the Sciences of the Artificial -- María José Arrojo, Communication Sciences as Sciences of the Artificial: The Analysis of the Digital Terrestrial Television.- Team E: The Philosophy of the Sciences that Received Philosophy of Science Neglected: Historical Perspective -- Elisabeth Nemeth, The Philosophy of the Other Austrian Economics -- Veronika Hofer, Philosophy of Biology in Early Logical Empiricism -- Julie Zahle, Participant Observation and Objectivity in Anthropology -- Jean-Marc Drouin, Three Philosophical Approaches to Entomology -- Anastasios Brenner, François Henn, Chemistry and French Philosophy of Science. A Comparison of Historical and Contemporary Views -- Cristina Chimisso, The Life Sciences and French Philosophy of Science: Georges Canguilhem on Norms -- Massimo Ferrari, Neglected History: Giulio Preti, the Italian Philosophy of Science, and the Neo-Kantian Tradition -- Thomas Mormann, Topology as an Issue for History of Philosophy of Science -- Graham Stevens, Philosophy, Linguistics, and the Philosophy of Linguistics -- PSE Symposium at EPSA 2011: New Challenges to Philosophy of Science.- Olav Gjelsvik, Philosophy as Interdisciplinary Research -- Theo Kuipers, Philosophy of Design Research -- Raffaella Campaner, Philosophy of Medicine and Model Design -- Roman Frigg, Seamus Bradley, Reason L. Machete, Leonard A. Smith, Probabilistic Forecasting: Why Model Imperfection Is a Poison Pill -- Daniel Andler, Dissensus in Science as a Fact and as a Norm. .
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 195
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400765078
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 533 p. 11 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Studies in History and Philosophy of Science 33
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Psychology History ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Science Philosophy ; Psychology History
    Abstract: This book discusses that imagination is as important to thinking and reasoning as it is to making and acting. By reexamining our philosophical and psychological heritage, it traces a framework, a conceptual topology, that underlies the most disparate theories: a framework that presents imagination as founded in the placement of appearances. It shows how this framework was progressively developed by thinkers like Plato, Aristotle, Descartes, and Kant, and how it is reflected in more recent developments in theorists as different as Peirce, Saussure, Wittgenstein, Benjamin, and Bachelard. The conceptual topology of imagination incorporates logic, mathematics, and science as well as production, play, and art. Recognizing this topology can move us past the confusions to a unifying view of imagination for the future
    Description / Table of Contents: Acknowledgments; Contents; Chapter 1: Beginning in the Middle of Things; 1.1 Constellations of Questions About Imagination; 1.2 The Occluded-Occulted Tradition of Intelligent Imagining; References; Chapter 2: Locating Emergent Appearance; 2.1 Some Practice of Imagining, and Thoughts About It; 2.2 Psychologism, Antipsychologism, and the Persistence of the Visual Model; 2.3 Limits of the Visual Model; 2.4 Elementary and Complex Imagining; 2.5 Listening to Images; 2.6 Can Philosophers Sing?; 2.7 Simple Imagining and Beyond; References40
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 3: Locating Imagination: The Inceptive Field Productivity and Differential Topology of Imagining (Plus What It Means to Play a Game)3.1 Hume's Blue; 3.2 From Resemblant Production to Schematized Activity in Fields; 3.3 Imagination as a Release in/of/from the Conditions of Perception; 3.4 The Repositioning of Imagination and the Problem of Reifying Consciousness; 3.5 Fields; 3.6 Imaginative Topology and Topographies; 3.7 Placing the Topological Dynamics of Imagination; 3.8 From Basketball Practice to the Biplanarity of Imagining
    Description / Table of Contents: 3.9 From the Biplanarity of Imagining to the Practice of Art3.10 Transition: Reversing the Occlusion and Occultation of Tradition; References66; Chapter 4: Plato and the Ontological Placement of Images; 4.1 Pre-Platonic Philosophy and the Emergence of the Image-Bearer; 4.2 Image-Bearers, Figures, and Images in Plato's Meno; 4.3 The Use and Abuse of Images; 4.4 Speech as Image, Reason as Imaginative, and the Platonic Ontology of Imaging; 4.5 The Multilevel Look of Things in the Republic; 4.6 The Paradoxes of Imaging; 4.7 The Ontology of Images and the Psychology of Scenario-Imagining
    Description / Table of Contents: 4.8 The Grand Image-Sequence of the Republic : From the Good Itself to the Dialectical Education of the Philosopher4.9 Singing and Hearing the logos; 4.10 Forming an Equable Icon of the Cosmos; 4.11 The Perfect Image of the Cosmos as the Goal of Dialectic; 4.12 Conclusion; References74; Chapter 5: Aristotle's phantasia : From Animal Sensation to Understanding Forms of Fields; 5.1 Aristotle's Physiologically Based Psychology of Imagination; 5.2 Placing Soul in Aristotelian Context; 5.3 Aristotle's Imagination Conventionalized; 5.4 Phantasia Beyond the Conventions
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5 The Perplexities of Imagination in On the Soul III: An Overview5.6 The Imagination of On the Soul III.3: What It Is and What It Isn't; 5.7 Imagination, Sensation, Motion; 5.8 What the Physics of Motion Implies; 5.9 From Motions of Sensation to Structures of Imagining; 5.10 What Aristotle's Definition of Imagination Means; 5.11 Is Imagination the Same as Intellect?; 5.12 Parsing the Phenomenon of Thinking; 5.13 Thinking Imagination; 5.14 Conclusion; References; Chapter 6: The Dynamically Imaginative Cognition of Descartes; 6.1 Imagination After Aristotle and Before Descartes
    Description / Table of Contents: 6.2 Descartes's Starting Point
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 196
    ISBN: 9789400755963
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (IX, 108 p. 3 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerBriefs in Sociology
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T. Hamby, Sherry L. The web of violence
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Public health ; Quality of Life ; Social sciences Methodology ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology, clinical ; Developmental psychology ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Public health ; Quality of Life ; Social sciences Methodology ; Quality of Life Research ; Psychology, clinical ; Developmental psychology ; Gewalttätigkeit ; Risikofaktor ; Korrelation
    Abstract: There is an increasing appreciation of the interconnections among all forms of violence. These interconnections have critical implications for conducting research that can produce valid conclusions about the causes and consequences of abuse, maltreatment, and trauma. The accumulated data on co-occurrence also provide strong evidence that prevention and intervention should be organized around the full context of individuals’ experiences, not narrowly defined subtypes of violence. Managing the flood of new research and practice innovations is a challenge, however. New means of communication and integration are needed to meet this challenge, and the Web of Violence is intended to contribute to this process by serving as a concise overview of the conceptual and empirical work that form a basis for understanding the interconnections across forms of violence throughout the lifespan. It also offers ideas and directions for prevention, intervention, and public policy.A number of initiatives are emerging to integrate the findings on co-occurrence into research and action. The American Psychological Association established a new journal, Psychology of Violence, which is a forum for research on all types of violence. Sherry Hamby is the founding editor and John Grych is associate editor and co-editor of a special issue on the co-occurrence of violence in 2012. Dr. Hamby also is a co-investigator of the National Survey of Children’s Exposure to Violence (NatSCEV), which has drawn attention to polyvictimization. Polyvictimization is a focus of the U.S. Department of Justice’s Defending Childhood Initiative and has recently been featured in calls for grant proposals by the Office of Victims of Crime and National Institutes for Justice.
    Description / Table of Contents: 〈p〉Chapter 1: The Case for Studying Co-Occurrence -- Chapter 2:  Tracing the Threads of the Web: The Epidemiology of Interconnections among Forms of Violence & Victimization -- Chapter 3:  The Causes of Interconnection -- Chapter 4:  A Developmental Perspective on Interconnection -- Chapter 5:  Implications for Research: Toward a more comprehensive understanding of interpersonal violence -- Chapter 6 Implications for Prevention & Intervention: A More Person-Centered Approach -- Chapter 7   Conclusion: Toppling the Silos.〈/p〉.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 197
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400748750
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XII, 349 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Education, Higher ; Education ; Education ; Education, Higher
    Abstract: This volume provides insightful analysis of the way higher education engages with socially excluded communities. Leading researchers and commentators examine the validity of the claim that universities can be active facilitators of social mobility, opening access to the knowledge economy for formerly excluded groups. The authors assess the extent to which the ‘Academy’ can deliver on its promise to build bridges with communities whose young people often assume that higher education lies beyond their ambitions. The chapters map the core dynamics of the relationship between higher education and communities which have bucked the more general trend of rapidly rising student numbers. Contributors also take the opportunity to reflect on the potential impact of these dynamics on the evolution of the university’s role as a social institution. The volume was inspired by a symposium attended by a wide spectrum of participants, including government, senior university managers, academic researchers and community groups based in areas suffering from social exclusion. It makes a substantive contribution to an under-researched field, with authors seeking to both shape solutions as well as better diagnose the problem. Some chapters include valuable contextual analysis, using empirical data from North America, Europe and Australia to add substance to the debates on policy and theory. The volume seeks to offer a defining intellectual statement on the interaction between the concept of a ‘university’ and those communities historically missing from higher education participation, the volume deepens our understanding of what might characterise an ‘engaged’ university and strengthens the theoretical foundations of the topic.
    Description / Table of Contents: 〈p〉Preface -- Contributors -- 〈b〉Part 1〈/b〉: University Engagement with Socially Excluded Communities -- 〈b〉Part 2:〈/b〉 Internal University Transformations for Effective Regional Engagement -- 〈b〉Part 3:〈/b〉 Transformations in the Epistemic ‘Idea’ of a University -- 〈b〉Part 4:〈/b〉 Transformation in the Social Environment for University-Community Engagement -- 〈b〉Part 5:〈/b〉 Conclusions -- 〈i〉 〈/i〉Index.〈/p〉.
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 198
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Dordrecht : Springer
    ISBN: 9789400754768 , 1283910845 , 9781283910842
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XIV, 249 p. 13 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: GeoJournal Library 106
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Buchausg. u.d.T.
    Keywords: Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Architecture ; Regional economics ; Human Geography ; Social Sciences ; Social sciences ; Regional planning ; Architecture ; Regional economics ; Human Geography
    Abstract: There is consensus in literature that urban areas have become increasingly vulnerable to the outcomes of economic restructuring under the neoliberal political economic ideology. The increased frequency and widening diversity of problems offer evidence that the socio-economic and spatial policies, planning and practices introduced under the neoliberal agenda can no longer be sustained. As this shortfall was becoming more evident among urban policymakers, planners, and researchers in different parts of the world, a group of discontent researchers began searching for new approaches to addressing the increasing vulnerabilities of urban systems in the wake of growing socio-economic and ecological problems. This book is the joint effort of those who have long felt that contemporary planning systems and policies are inadequate in preparing cities for the future in an increasingly neoliberalising world. It argues that resilience thinking can form the basis of an alternative approach to planning. Drawing upon case studies from five cities in Europe, namely Lisbon, Porto, Istanbul, Stockholm, and Rotterdam, the book makes an exploration of the resilience perspective, raising a number of theoretical debates, and suggesting a new methodological approach based on empirical evidence. This book provides insights for intellectuals exploring alternative perspectives and principles of a new planning approach
    Abstract: There is consensus in literature that urban areas have become increasingly vulnerable to the outcomes of economic restructuring under the neoliberal political economic ideology. The increased frequency and widening diversity of problems offer evidence that the socio-economic and spatial policies, planning and practices introduced under the neoliberal agenda can no longer be sustained. As this shortfall was becoming more evident among urban policymakers, planners, and researchers in different parts of the world, a group of discontent researchers began searching for new approaches to addressing the increasing vulnerabilities of urban systems in the wake of growing socio-economic and ecological problems. This book is the joint effort of those who have long felt that contemporary planning systems and policies are inadequate in preparing cities for the future in an increasingly neoliberalising world. It argues that “resilience thinking” can form the basis of an alternative approach to planning. Drawing upon case studies from five cities in Europe, namely Lisbon, Porto, Istanbul, Stockholm, and Rotterdam, the book makes an exploration of the resilience perspective, raising a number of theoretical debates, and suggesting a new methodological approach based on empirical evidence. This book provides insights for intellectuals exploring alternative perspectives and principles of a new planning approach.
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 1: Introduction: Resilience Thinking in Urban Planning: Ayda Eraydin and Tuna Taşan-Kok -- Chapter 2: “Resilience Thinking” for Planning: Ayda Eraydin -- Chapter 3: Conceptual Overview of Resilience: History and Context: Tuna Taşan-Kok, Dominic Stead and Peiwen Lu -- Chapter 4: Urban Resilience and Spatial Dynamics: Sara Santos Cruz,  João Pedro Costa, Silvia Ávila de Sousa and Paulo Pinho -- Chaper 5: Analysing the Socio-spatial Vulnerability to Drivers of Globalisation in Lisbon, Oporto, Istanbul, Stockholm and Rotterdam: Tuna Taşan-Kok and Dominic Stead -- Chapter 6: Systems, Cultures, Styles: Spatial Planning in Portugal, Turkey, Sweden and the Netherlands: Sofia Morgado and Luís Dias -- Chapter 7: Managing Urban Change in Five European Urban Agglomerations: Key Policy Documents and Institutional Frameworks: Peter Schmitt -- Chapter 8: Evaluating Resilience in Planning: Paulo Pinho, Vítor Oliveira and Ana Martins -- Chapter 9: Assessing Urban Resilience in the Metropolitan Area of Lisbon: the Case of Alcântara: Luís Dias, Sofia Morgado and João Pedro Costa -- Chapter 10: Evaluating Urban Policies from a Resilient Perspective: The Case of Oporto: Vítor Oliveira, Ana Martins and Sara Santos Cruz -- Chapter 11: The Evaluation of Different Processes of Spatial Development from a Resilience Perspective in Istanbul: Ayda Eraydin, Ali Türel and Deniz Altay Kaya -- Chapter 12: Urban Resilience and Polycentricity - the Case of the Stockholm Urban Agglomeration: Peter Schmitt, Lisbeth Greve Harbo, Asli Tepecik Diş and Anu Henriksson -- Chapter 13: Urban Resilience, Climate Change and Land-Use Planning in Rotterdam: Dominic  Stead and Tuna Taşan-Kok -- Chapter 14: The Evaluation of Findings and Future of Resilience Thinking in Planning: Ayda Eraydin and Tuna Taşan-Kok -- Index..
    Note: Includes index , Introduction: Resilience Thinking in Urban Planning , "Resilience Thinking" for Planning , Conceptual Overview of Resilience: History and Context , Urban Resilience and Spatial Dynamics , Analysing the Socio-Spatial Vulnerability to Drivers of Globalisation in Lisbon, Oporto, Istanbul, Stockholm and Rotterdam , Systems, Cultures and Styles: Spatial Planning in Portugal, Turkey, Sweden and the Netherlands , Managing Urban Change in Five European Urban Agglomerations: Key Policy Documents and Institutional Frameworks , Evaluating Resilience in Planning , Assessing Urban Resilience in the Metropolitan Area of Lisbon: The Case of Alcântara , Evaluating Urban Policies from a Resilience Perspective: The Case of Oporto , The Evaluation of Different Processes of Spatial Development from a Resilience Perspective in Istanbul , Urban Resilience and Polycentricity: The Case of the Stockholm Urban Agglomeration , Urban Resilience, Climate Change and Land-Use Planning in Rotterdam , The Evaluation of Findings and Future of Resilience Thinking in Planning
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 199
    ISBN: 9789400763500
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (VI, 290 p. 15 illus, digital)
    Series Statement: Philosophy of Engineering and Technology 10
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg.
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Humanities ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Technology Philosophy ; Education Philosophy ; Humanities ; Ingenieurstudium ; Soziale Gerechtigkeit ; Technikphilosophie
    Abstract: Hoping to help transform engineering into a more socially just field of practice, this book offers various perspectives and strategies while highlighting key concepts and themes that help readers understand the complex relationship between engineering education and social justice. This volume tackles topics and scopes ranging from the role of Buddhism in socially just engineering to the blinding effects of ideologies in engineering to case studies on the implications of engineered systems for social justice. This book aims to serve as a framework for interventions or strategies to make social justice more visible in engineering education and enhance scholarship in the emerging field of Engineering and Social Justice (ESJ). This creates a ‘toolbox’ for engineering educators and students to make social justice a central theme in engineering education
    Description / Table of Contents: Contents; Part I: Introduction to Engineering Education and Engineering for Social Justice (ESJ); Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Who Is This Book For?; 1.2 Motivations for Putting This Book Together; 1.3 Historic Convergence of Circumstances; 1.3.1 Calls for Change; 1.3.2 An (In)Visible History; 1.4 Defining Social Justice; 1.5 How This Book Approaches ESJ: Autobiographical, Historical, Philosophical, Pedagogical, Practical and Beyond; References; Part II: Where Have We Been? Where Can We Go?; Chapter 2: Engineering, Social Justice, and Peace: Strategies for Educational and Professional Reform
    Description / Table of Contents: 2.1 Introduction2.2 Background: A Short History of ESJP; 2.3 Methods and Scope; 2.4 Educational Reform Strategies; 2.4.1 Pedagogical Initiatives; 2.4.1.1 Liberal-Education Courses; 2.4.1.2 Technical Course Modules; 2.4.1.3 Critical Learning Thresholds; 2.4.1.4 Experiential Learning; 2.4.1.5 Liberative Pedagogies; 2.4.2 Curricular Initiatives; 2.4.2.1 Structuring General Education Content; 2.4.2.2 Social and Technical Integration in Engineering Design; 2.4.3 Institutional Initiatives; 2.5 Professional Reform Strategies; 2.5.1 Networking; 2.5.2 Re-conceptualizing "Engineering"; 2.6 Conclusions
    Description / Table of Contents: ReferencesChapter 3: Power. Systems. Engineering. Traveling Lines of Resistance in Academic Institutions; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Thermo as Usual; 3.2.1 Thermo and Gnosticism: A Tale of Two Esoteric Subjects; 3.2.2 Learning to Stay and Fight: Lessons from Social Justice; 3.3 Transformative Processes; 3.3.1 First Attempts; 3.3.2 Teaching About Power; 3.3.3 Epistemology: Teaching Material and Its Critique; 3.3.4 Book Project; 3.4 Institutional Obstacles; 3.4.1 Obstacles; 3.4.2 Students and Faculty; 3.5 How I Got Away with It (So Far); 3.6 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Part III: Conceptual Contributions to ESJChapter 4: The (Mis)Framing of Social Justice: Why Ideologies of Depoliticization and Meritocracy Hinder Engineers' Ability to Think About Social Injustices; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 Cultural Ideologies in Engineering; 4.3 Depoliticization of Engineering; 4.4 The Ideology of Meritocracy; 4.5 Misframing Social Justice Issues; 4.5.1 Non-dominant and Dominant Groups Adopt These Ideologies; 4.6 The Insufficiency of One Lecture or One Essay: The Task of Reframing; 4.7 Conclusion; References
    Description / Table of Contents: Chapter 5: What Can Buddhism Offer to a Socially Just Engineering Education?5.1 Introduction; 5.2 The Practice of the Six Virtues of the Bodhisattva Path; 5.2.1 Generosity; 5.2.2 Ethics; 5.2.3 Patience; 5.2.4 Perseverance; 5.2.5 Mindfulness; 5.2.6 Wisdom; 5.3 The Practice of the Six Virtues and Leadership Theory; 5.4 Three-Level Model of Leadership Based on Buddhism 12; 5.4.1 First Level: Actions to Benefit Oneself; 5.4.2 Second Level: Actions to Benefit Others; 5.4.3 Third Level: Interrelated Benefits; 5.5 Implementing the Framework in a Pre-college Engineering Case Scenario
    Description / Table of Contents: 5.5.1 Description of the Scenario
    Note: Description based upon print version of record
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 200
    ISBN: 9789400759985
    Language: English
    Pages: Online-Ressource (XI, 812 p. 6 illus., 2 illus. in color, digital)
    Series Statement: SpringerLink
    Series Statement: Bücher
    Parallel Title: Druckausg. Spheres of global justice
    Keywords: Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Medicine ; Law ; Philosophy ; Philosophy (General) ; Philosophy of law ; Political science Philosophy ; Medicine ; Law ; Weltordnung ; Soziale Gerechtigkeit ; Globalisierung ; Politische Beteiligung ; Erde
    Abstract: Spheres of Global Justice analyzes six of the most important and controversial spheres of global justice, each concerning a specific global social good. These spheres are democratic participation, migrations, cultural minorities, economic justice, social justice, and intergenerational justice. Together they constitute two constellations dealt with, in this collection of essays by leading scholars, in two different volumes: Global Challenges to Liberal Democracy and Fair Distribution. These essays illustrate each of the spheres, delving into their differences, commonalities, collisions and interconnections. Unlike many writings on global justice, Spheres of Global Justice does not content itself with describing the painful and advantageous effects of the globalization process as being ipso facto a global injustice or a just global order. Rather, this multidisciplinary collection of essays, from a pluralist inspiration, combines empirical analysis with theoretical approaches and ethical principles, paying close attention to two aspects of the effects of the globalization process. These aspects are the causal relationships that lead to such effects and the kinds of obligations, or of normative relationships between global rights and correlative duties, that applies to each specific individual case. This volume illustrates how diverse global obligations are, and how they can be, grounded in diverse relationships (identity, ability to provide help, causal responsibility, past injustices, protection of agency and promotion of independence, etc.). These essays also demonstrate that an ethical global approach has not only international or transnational, but also domestic, local and interpersonal dimensions
    Description / Table of Contents: 1 General Introduction; Jean-Christophe Merle -- Volume 1 Global Challenges to Liberal Democracy: Political Participation, Minorities and Migrations -- Co-Editors: Luc Foisneau, Christian Hiebaum, Juan Carlos Velasco -- 2 Introduction; Luc Foisneau, Christian Hiebaum and Juan Carlos Velasco -- Part 1 Political Participation;  Co-Editor:  Christian Hiebaum -- 3 Global Democracy. Promises and Delusions; Klaus Müller -- 4 Democracy in the Age of Global Markets; Urs Marti -- 5 Bringing Democracy Back In? From local politics to global politics; Hans Vorländer -- 6 Demarchy - A Dubious Conception of Global Democracy; Christian Hiebaum -- 7 Participation in Public Debate and Ethical Division Within Nations; Emmanuel Picavet -- 8 Deliberative Democracy and the Politics of Difference; Daniel Loewe -- 9 Political Legitimacy of the EU in the Perspective of Citizens' Participation and Representation; Herman von Erp -- 10 Global Citizenship? Political Rights Under Imperial Conditions; Massimo La Torre -- Part 2 Minorities; Co-Editor: Luc Foisneau -- 11 What is 'Political' about Minority Rights?; Luc Foisneau -- 12 Walzer on Community and Emergency: the Question of Minorities; Tom Sorell -- 13 Territoriality and Transnational Citizenship; Oliviero Angeli -- 14 Minority Parties, Parties not Unlike the Others: The Case of the Democratic Alliance of Hungarians in Romania (DAHR); Antonela Capelle-Pogacean -- 15 Minority Rights and Global Justice: A Netherlands Perspective; Piet de Klerk -- 16 Integrating Cultural Concerns in the Interpretation of Traditional Individual Rights - Lessons from the International Human Rights Jurisprudence; Julie Ringelheim -- 17 Intercultural Justice. Cutting across the cultural boundaries of legal norms; Francisco Colom-Gonzalez -- 18 Cultural Defense, Hate Crimes and Equality Before the Law; Jean-Christophe Merle -- 19 On the Relationship Between Law and Morality in a National and in a Global Perspective; Paul Cobben -- 20 Cultural and Minority Rights in European Integration - Promises and Pitfalls; Francis Cheneval and Sonja Dänzer -- 21 The Recognition of New States and the Protection of Minority Rights in Yugoslavia; Richard Caplan -- 22 Cosmopolitan Justice and Minority Rights: The Case of Minority Nations (or Kant again, but different); Ferran Requejo -- Part 3 Migrations; Co-Editor: Juan Carlos Velasco -- 23 Beyond the Borders. Migration Policies, Justice and Citizenship from a Global Perspective; Juan Carlos Velasco -- 24 Migration and Global Inequalities; Francis Cheneval -- 25 To Each Their Own Place? Immigration, Justice, and Political Reflexivity; Hans Lindahl -- 26 Migration and the Division of Moral Labor; Christian Hiebaum -- 27 The Dilemmas of Control: rights, walls and identities in state policies to international migration; Ana López Sala -- 28 From Protection of the Migrant to the Rights of the Migrant Person: Free the migrant from his legal exile..; Sylvie Saroléa -- 29 Immigration and Cultural Justice: A Reflection On Human Rights Of "New" Minorities; Eduardo J. Ruiz Vieytez -- 30 Challenging Illegalization: Migrant Struggles, Political Actions and Rancière's Political Philosophy; Noelia González Cámara -- 31 The Democratic Integration of Difference: Reflections on the Paradoxes of the French Republican Model of Citizenship; Matteo Gianni -- 32 Headscarves in School Again: How republican is the 2004 law banning ostentatious religious signs from public schools?; Jean-Fabien Spitz -- Volume 2 Fair Distribution: Global Economic, Social and Intergenerational Justice; Co-Editors: Paul Cobben, Urs Marti -- 33 Introduction to Global Social Justice; Urs Marti -- Part 1Global Social Justice; Co-Editor:  Urs Marti -- 34 Social and Global Justice; Peter Koller -- 35 Global Social Justice: Whose justice, whose responsibility?; Bernd Ladwig -- 36 Human Capabilities and Global Justice; Ricardo Parellada -- 37 Social Right in a Global Economy; Urs Marti -- 38 Institutionalization of Social Justice and Constitutionalization of Socio-Economic Equality; Caroline Guibet Lafaye -- 39 Consequentialist and Nonconsequentialist Dimensions in the Ethical Evaluation of Inequality; Emmanuel Picavet.-40 The Discourse of Justice in Political, Legal and Moral Community; Peter Burgess -- 41 Which Identities are Entitled to Collective Rights?; Paul Cobben -- 42 Are WTO Sanctions Unjust?; Henri Culot -- 43 Global Justice. Imposed and Shared Risks; Véronique Munoz-Dardé -- Part 2 Global Economic Justice; Co-Editor: Paul Cobben -- 44 Introduction to Global Economic Justice; Paul Cobben -- 45 Positive Rights and Globalization of Duties; Txetxu Ausín.-  46 Global Distributions of World Resources; Caroline Guibet-Lafaye -- 47 Perfecting Imperfect Duties via Institutionalization; Markus Stepanians -- 48 Do We Have a Negative Duty Towards the Global Poor?Thomas Pogge on global justice; Roland Pierik -- 49 World poverty and the duty to aid; Johan Graafland and Mandy Bosma -- 50 The WHO Policy of Primary Health Care; Caroline Guibet Lafaye -- 51 Dancing with the Devil: A (Limited) Defence of Protectionism; Krista Nadakavukaren-Schefer -- 52 Neoliberalism and Authority Relationships; Emmanuel Picavet -- 53 Economic Citizenship Rights as Barriers to Trade? Production-related Local Justice and Business-driven Globalisation; Richard Sturn -- 54 Can Multinationals be Considered Moral Actors? Or: does business ethics make any sense?; Paul Cobben -- 55 Justice of Wages in Germany and Abroad - An Empirical Investigation; Gert Wagner, Stefan Liebig and Jürgen Schupp -- Part 3 Intergenerational Justice -- 56 Introductory Remark -- 57 Climate Justice: Past Emissions and the Present Allocation of Emission Rights; Lukas Meyer and Dominic Roser -- 58 Sustainable development as practical intragenerational and intergenerational justice: interpretations, requirements, and indicators; Paul-Marie Boulanger -- 59 On the Relevancy of the Ecological Footprint for the Study of Intergenerational Justice; Grégory Ponthière -- 60 Pension funds, sovereign-wealth funds and intergenerational justice; Alexander Cappelen and Runa Urheim.-  61 The Polluter Pays? Backward-Looking Principles of Intergenerational Justice and the Environment; Daniel Butt -- 62 Democracy and Future Generations. Should the unborn have a voice?; Ludvig Beckmann -- 63 The Preservation of Humankind as an Object of Moral Concern; Herman van Erp -- 64 About the Authors.
    URL: Cover
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...